Yamaha RXV520 rec

Texte de la première page
AV RECEIVER
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
SERVICE MANUAL
VOLUME
RX-V520RDS
D I G I TA L
RDS MODE/FREQ
EON
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
ON
TUNING
MODE
OFF
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
IMPORTANT NOTICE
This manual has been provided for the use of authorized YAMAHA Retailers and their service personnel.
It has been assumed that basic service procedures inherent to the industry, and more specifically YAMAHA Products, are already
known and understood by the users, and have therefore not been restated.
WARNING:
Failure to follow appropriate service and safety procedures when servicing this product may result in personal
injury, destruction of expensive components, and failure of the product to perform as specified. For these reasons,
we advise all YAMAHA product owners that any service required should be performed by an authorized
YAMAHA Retailer or the appointed service representative.
IMPORTANT: The presentation or sale of this manual to any individual or firm does not constitute authorization, certification or
recognition of any applicable technical capabilities, or establish a principle-agent relationship of any form.
The data provided is believed to be accurate and applicable to the unit(s) indicated on the cover. The research, engineering, and
service departments of YAMAHA are continually striving to improve YAMAHA products. Modifications are, therefore, inevitable
and specifications are subject to change without notice or obligation to retrofit. Should any discrepancy appear to exist, please
contact the distributor's Service Division.
WARNING:
Static discharges can destroy expensive components. Discharge any static electricity your body may have
accumulated by grounding yourself to the ground buss in the unit (heavy gauge black wires connect to this buss).
IMPORTANT: Turn the unit OFF during disassembly and part replacement. Recheck all work before you apply power to the unit.
■ CONTENTS
TO SERVICE PERSONNEL .......................................... 1
IMPEDANCE SELECTOR ............................................. 1
FRONT PANELS ............................................................ 2
REAR PANELS .......................................................... 3~4
SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................... 5
INTERNAL VIEW ........................................................... 6
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES ................................... 7
SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION (DIAG) ................... 8~24
AMP ADJUSTMENTS .................................................. 24
DISPLAY DATA ..................................................... 25~26
IC DATA ................................................................. 27~32
BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................. 33~36
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD .................................. 37~52
IC BLOCK DIAGRAM ............................................ 53~54
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ........................................ 55~58
PARTS LIST ........................................................... 59~73
REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER .................. 74~76
100755
P.O.Box 1, Hamamatsu, Japan
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
SILENT
VIDEO
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ TO SERVICE PERSONNEL
1. Critical Components Information
Components having special characteristics are marked s
and must be replaced with parts having specifications equal
to those originally installed.
WALL
OUTLET
2. Leakage Current Measurement (For 120V Models Only)
When service has been completed, it is imperative to verify
that all exposed conductive surfaces are properly insulated
from supply circuits.
●
Meter impedance should be equivalent to 1500 ohm shunted
by 0.15µF.
●
Leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA.
●
Be sure to test for leakage with the AC plug in both polarities.
EQUIPMENT
UNDER TEST
AC LEAKAGE
TESTER OR
EQUIVALENT
INSULATING
TABLE
WARNING: CHEMICAL CONTENT NOTICE!
The solder used in the production of this product contains LEAD. In addition, other electrical/electronic and /or plastic
(where applicable) components may also contain traces of chemicals found by the California Health and Welfare Agency
(and possibly other entities) to cause cancer and/or birth defects or other reproductive harm.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
DO NOT PLACE SOLDER, ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC OR PLASTIC COMPONENTS IN YOUR MOUTH FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER!
Avoid prolonged, unprotected contact between solder and your skin! When soldering, do not inhale solder fumes or expose
eyes to solder/flux vapor!
If you come in contact with solder or components located inside the enclosure of this product, wash your hands before
handling food.
IMPEDANCE SELECTOR
435 (17-1/8")
Unit : mm (inch)
21
(13/16")
130 (5-1/8")
WARNING:
Do not change the IMPEDANCE SELECTOR
switch setting while the power to this unit is
on, otherwise this unit may be damaged.
1
389.8 (15-3/8")
16
(5/8")
352.5 (13-7/8")
21.3
(13/16")
• DIMENSIONS
151 (5-15/16")
■ IMPEDANCE SELECTOR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ FRONT PANELS
RX-V520 (U, C, A, L, R, T models)
VOLUME
RX-V520
D I G I TA L
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
TUNING
MODE
OFF
ON
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
SILENT
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
RX-V520RDS (B, G models)
VOLUME
RX-V520RDS
D I G I TA L
RDS MODE/FREQ
EON
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
INPUT MODE
BASS
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
TUNING
MODE
OFF
ON
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
SILENT
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
HTR-5450 (U, C, A, R, T models)
VOLUME
HTR-5450
D I G I TA L
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
ON
TUNING
MODE
OFF
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
SILENT
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
HTR-5450RDS (G model)
VOLUME
HTR-5450RDS
D I G I TA L
RDS MODE/FREQ
EON
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
ON
TUNING
MODE
OFF
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
SILENT
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
2
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ REAR PANELS
U model
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
C model
A model
B model
3
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
G model
L model
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
R, T model
4
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ SPECIFICATIONS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ Audio Section
Minimum RMS Output Power (Power Amp. Section)
(20 Hz to 20 kHz, 0.06% THD, 8 ohms)
MAIN
[U, C models] ............................................................ 80W + 80W
[A, B, G, L, R, T models] ........................................... 70W + 70W
CENTER
[U, C models] ....................................................................... 80W
[A, B, G, L, R, T models] ...................................................... 70W
REAR
[U, C models] ............................................................ 80W + 80W
[A, B, G, L, R, T models] ........................................... 70W + 70W
Maximum Power (EIAJ) [R, T models]
(1 kHz, 10% THD, 8 ohms)
MAIN ....................................................................... 100W + 100W
CENTER ............................................................................... 100W
REAR ...................................................................... 100W + 100W
Dynamic Power Per Channel (IHF)
MAIN L/R (8/6/4/2 ohms)
[U model] ........................................................ 105/125/145/165 W
[C, A, B, G, L, R, T models] ............................. 95/115/135/155 W
DIN Standard Output Power Per Channel
MAIN L/R (1 kHz, 0.7% THD, 4 ohms)
[G model] ................................................................. 105W + 105W
Dynamic Headroom
8 ohms
[U, C models] .................................................................... 1.18 dB
IEC Power
MAIN L/R (1 kHz, 0.06% THD, 8 ohms)
[G model] ..................................................................... 75W + 75W
Damping Factor
MAIN L/R (20 Hz to 20 kHz, 8 ohms) .......................... 60 or more
Input Sensitivity / Input Impedance
CD, etc. ......................................................... 150 mV / 47 k-ohms
EXT. DECODER
MAIN L/R ................................................... 150 mV / 47 k-ohms
CENTER, SURROUND L/R, SUBWOOFER ... 150 mV / 40 k-ohms
Maximum Input Signal Level
CD, etc. (1 kHz, 0.5% THD, Effect On) ................................ 2.2 V
Output Level / Output Impedance
REC OUT ..................................................... 150 mV / 1.2 k-ohms
SUB WOOFER [MAIN SP: Small] ...................... 4 V/1.2 k-ohms
Headphone Jack Rated Output / Impedance
1 kHz, 150 mV, 8 ohms ................................... 0.49 V / 390 ohms
Frequency Response
CD, etc. to MAIN (20 Hz to 20 kHz) ............................. 0 ± 0.5 dB
Total Harmonic Distortion
(20 Hz to 20 kHz, 35 W / 8 ohms)
CD, etc. (EFFECT OFF) to MAIN SP OUT ........... 0.025% or less
Signal to Noise Ratio (IHF-A network)
CD, etc. (Input shorted, Effect Off) to MAIN SP OUT
150 mV .................................................................... 96 dB or more
250 mV .................................................................. 100 dB or more
Residual Noise (IHF-A netwok)
MAIN L/R SP OUT ................................................. 150 µV or less
Channnel Separation
(Vol -30 dB, Effect Off)
CD, etc. (Input 5.1 k-ohms terminated, 1 kHz) ............. 60 dB or more
CD, etc. (Input 5.1 k-ohms terminated, 10 kHz) ........... 45 dB or more
Tone Control Characteristics
Bass: Boost/Cut ................................................ ±10 dB (50 Hz)
Turnover Frequency ............................................ 350 Hz
Treble: Boost/Cut .............................................. ±10 dB (20 kHz)
Turnover Frequency ........................................... 3.5 kHz
Filter Characteristics
MAIN, Rear SP Small (H.P.F.) .......................... 90 Hz, 12 dB/oct.
SUBWOOFER (L.P.F.) ...................................... 90 Hz, 18 dB/oct.
■ Video Section
Video Signal Type
[U, C, R, T models] .............................................................. NTSC
[A, B, G, L, models] ................................................................. PAL
Video Signal Level
............................................................................ 1 Vp-p / 75 ohms
S-Video Signal Level
Y ......................................................................... 1 Vp-p / 75 ohms
C .................................................................. 0.286 Vp-p / 75 ohms
Maximum Input Level
.......................................................................................... 1.5 Vp-p
Signal to Noise Ratio
................................................................................. 50 dB or more
5
Monitor Out Frequency Response
S-Video Signal Level ................................. 5 Hz to 10 MHz, -3 dB
■ FM Section
Tuning Range
[U, C models] ................................................... 87.5 to 107.9 MHz
[A, B, G, L models] ........................................... 87.5 to 108.0 MHz
[R, T models] ....................... 87.5 to 108.0 / 87.50 to 108.00 MHz
50 dB Quieting Sensitivity (IHF)
(100% Mod)
Mono .................................................................. 2.0 µV (17.3 dBf)
Stereo .................................................................. 25 µV (39.2 dBf)
Usable Sensitivity (IHF)
Mono .................................................................. 1.0 µV (11.2 dBf)
Selectivity
at 400 kHz ............................................................................ 70 dB
Signal to Noise Ratio (IHF)
Mono / Stereo .......................................................... 76 dB / 70 dB
Harmonic Distortion
(1 kHz)
Mono/Stereo ................................................................. 0.2 / 0.3 %
Stereo Separation
1 kHz .................................................................................... 45 dB
Frequency Response
20 Hz to 15 kHz .......................................................... +0.5 / -2 dB
Antenna Input
...................................................................... 75 ohms unbalanced
■ AM Section
Tuning Range
[U, C models] ..................................................... 530 to 1,710 kHz
[A, B, G, L models] ............................................. 531 to 1,611 kHz
[R, T models] .............................. 530 to 1,710 / 531 to 1,611 kHz
Usable Sensitivity
........................................................................................ 300 µV/m
Antenna
................................................................................. Loop Antenna
■ General
Power Supply
[U, C models] ...................................................... AC 120 V, 60 Hz
[R, T models] ............................ AC 110/120/220/240 V, 50/60 Hz
[A model ] ............................................................ AC 240 V, 50 Hz
[B, G, L models] .................................................. AC 230 V, 50 Hz
Power Consumption
[U model] ............................................................................. 240 W
[C model] .............................................................. 250 W / 320 VA
[R, T, A, B, G, L models] ..................................................... 250 W
Maximum Power Consumption
(5ch Drive, 10% THD)
[R model] ............................................................................. 500 W
AC Outlets
2 switched outlets
[U, C, G, L models] .......................................... 100W max., total
[R, T models] ...................................................... 50W max., total
1 switched outlet
[A, B models] ............................................................. 100W max.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
...................... 435 x 151 x 390 mm (17-1/8" x 5-15/16" x 15-3/8")
Weight
.................................................................... 10.0 kg (22 lbs. 1 oz.)
Accessories
Remote control transmitter, Manganese batteries, Indoor FM
antenna, AM loop antenna
* Specifications are subject to change without notice due to product
improvements.
U ..........
A ..........
G ..........
R ..........
U.S.A. model
Australian model
European model
General model
C ...... Canadian model
B ...... British model
L ....... Singapore model
T ....... China model
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. "Dolby", "AC3", "Pro Logic", and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. © 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US
Pat. No. 5,451,942 and other world-wide patents issued and pending.
"DTS", "DTS Digital Surround", are trademarks of Digital Theater
Systems, Inc. copyright 1996 Digital Theater Systems, inc. All rights
reserved.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Set Menu Table
No.
SET MENU
1.
SPEAKER SET
CENTER SPEAKER
MAIN SPEAKER
REAR L/R SPEAKER
LFE/BASS OUT
MAIN LEVEL
HP TONE CTRL
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
2.
3.
3A
3B
3C
4.
5.
5A
5B
6.
COAXIAL IN
INPUT MODE
DOLBY DIGITAL SET
LFE LEVEL
DYNAMIC RANGE
DTS SET
LFE LEVEL
SPEAKER DELAY TIME
DISPLAY SET
MEMORY GUARD
■ INTERNAL VIEW
1 MAIN (2) P.C.B.
2 MAIN (7) P.C.B.
3 MAIN (5) P.C.B.
4 MAIN (8) P.C.B.
5 MAIN (4) P.C.B.
6 INPUT (3) P.C.B.
7 INPUT (2) P.C.B.
8 INPUT (6) P.C.B.
9 DSP P.C.B.
0 OPERATION (4) P.C.B.
A INPUT (1) P.C.B.
B OPERATION (3) P.C.B.
C INPUT (4) P.C.B.
D MAIN (1) P.C.B.
E MAIN (6) P.C.B.
F INPUT (5) P.C.B.
G OPERATION (8) P.C.B.
H OPERATION (7) P.C.B.
I OPERATION (6) P.C.B.
J OPERATION (1) P.C.B.
K OPERATION (2) P.C.B.
SETTING RANGES
LARGE
LARGE
LARGE
BOTH
NORMAL
BASS : 0dB
TREBLE : 0dB
LARGE/SMALL/NONE
LARGE/SMALL
LARGE/SMALL/NONE
SUBWOOFER/MAIN/BOTH
NORMAL/–10dB
–6dB — +3dB (1dB step)
–6dB — +3dB
(1) : MD/CD-R
(2) : MD/CD-R
(3) : DVD
(4) : D-TV/CBL
(5) : CD
DVD : AUTO
DVD, MD/CD-R, D-TV/CBL, VCR, V-AUX, AUX, CD
CD, MD/CD-R, DVD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, AUX
CD, DVD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, AUX
CD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, AUX
CD, MD/CD-R, DVD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, V-AUX, AUX
AUTO/LAST
SPEAKER : 0dB
SPEAKER : MAX
–20dB — 0dB
MAX/STD/MIN
SPEAKER : 0dB
CENTER : 0ms
DIMMER : 0
OFF
–10dB — +10dB
0ms — 5ms (1ms step)
–4 — 0
ON/OFF
1 2 3 4
G F
H
I
E
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
7.
8.
9.
I/O ASSIGNING
OPTICAL OUT
OPTICAL IN
PRESET VALUE
5
D
67
C
J
B
8
9
A 0
K
YAMAHA
6
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
(Remove parts in the order as numbered.)
Disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet.
1. Removal of Top Cover (Fig. 1)
a. Remove 4 screws (1) and 4 screws (2).
b. Slide the Top Cover rearward to remove it.
2.
a.
b.
c.
Removal of Front Panel (Fig. 1)
Remove the VOLUME control knob.
Remove 8 screws (3) and 1 screw (4).
Remove the Front Panel forward while releasing 2
claws at the bottom.
Top Cover
1
2
Sub Chassis
3
5
5
3. Removal of Sub Chassis (Fig. 1)
Remove 4 screws (5) and then remove the Sub
Chassis forward.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
4. Removal of DSP P.C.B. (Fig. 2)
a. Remove 6 screws (6) and 5 screws (7).
b. Remove the DSP P.C.B. upward together with the
Shield Case.
5. Removal of MAIN (4) P.C.B. (Fig. 2)
Remove 2 screws (8). The Main (4) P.C.B. can then be
removed.
6. Removal of MAIN (1) P.C.B.
a. Remove 5 screws (7), 2 screws (8), 2 screws (9) and
11 screws (0). (Fig. 2)
b. Remove 2 screws (A) and 1 screw (B). (Fig. 3)
c. To check the MAIN (1) P.C.B., spread a rubber sheet
and a cloth over it. Then place the MAIN (1) P.C.B.
upside down on the cloth for checking it. (Fig. 4)
1
5
4
Claw
3
Front panel
Fig. 1
Sheild case
(DSP P.C.B.)
MAIN (4) P.C.B.
6
6
6
Note:
When DSP P.C.B., MAIN (4) P.C.B. and MAIN (1)
P.C.B. have been removed from the chassis, the
ground connection becomes open. Connect the ground
of each P.C.B. to the chassis by using a lead wire.
A
B MAIN (1) P.C.B.
0
0
9
8
0
00
7
Fig. 2
Cloth
Rubber sheet
MAIN (1) P.C.B.
Fig. 3
7
Fig. 4
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION (DIAG)
There are 14 DIAG menu items each of which has sub-menu items. Listed in the table below are menu items and sub-menu
items.
No DIAG menu
1 DSP THROUGH
FRONT CH
3
4
5
RAM THROUGH
PRO LOGIC
MARGIN CHECK
6
MAIN MIX
7
8
OTHER INPUT
DISPLAY CHECK
9
MANUAL TEST
10 PRESET
11 AD DATA CHECK
12 IF STATUS
13 DSP RAM CHECK
14 VERSION/CHECK SUM/PORT
Remote control code (key)
7A-88 (PRG 1)
7A-89 (PRG 2)
7A-8A (PRG 3)
–
–
7A-8B (PRG 4)
7A-8C (PRG 5)
7A-10 (PRESET+)
7A-8D (PRG 6)
7A-11 (PRESET-)
7A-12 (P. PAGE)
7A-0C (CD FW)
7A-00 (TAPE PLAY)
7A-8E (PRG 7)
7A-8F (PRG 8)
7A-01 (TAPE RW)
7A-02 (TAPE FW)
–
7A-03 (TAPE STOP)
–
7A-90 (PRG 9)
7A-04 (TAPE PAUSE)
7A-05 (TAPE MUTE)
7A-06 (TAPE A/B)
7A-07 (TAPE DIR A)
7A-08 (CD PLAY)
7A-09 (CD STOP)
–
7A-57 (SLEEP)
7A-0B (CD SKIP-)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7A-0A (CD SKIP+)
7A-0D (CD REW)
–
–
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
2
sub-menu
1. ANALOG BYPASS
2. M, C, R, SW CH
3. Main HPF
4. FULL BIT
5. FULL BIT F
1. FRONT NORMAL
2. FRONT MIX
RAM 0dB (2ch/Multi)
YSS928
1. MAIN 3dB Margin
2. MAIN 12dB Margin
3. MAIN 18dB Margin
1. CENTER -> MAIN
2. SW -> MAIN
EXTERNAL DECODER
1. VFD DISP OFF (All segments OFF)
2. VFD DISP ALL (All segments ON 100%)
3. VFD DIMMER (All segments ON 50%)
4. CHECKED PATTERN1 (ON in lattice)
5. CHECKED PATTERN2 (ON in lattice)
1. TEST ALL
2. TEST MAIN L
3. TEST CENTER
4. TEST MAIN R
5. TEST REAR R
6. TEST REAR L
7. TEST LFE
1. PRESET INHIBIT (memory initialization inhibited)
2. PRESET RESERVED (memory initialized)
1. DC/PS (protection)
2. IMP/PL (impedance/power limiter)
3. 0/1/2 (panel key)
1. IST (internal status)
2. CS1 (channel status 1)
3. CS2 (channel status 2)
4. CS3 (channel status 3)
5. CS4 (channel status 4)
6. CS5 (channel status 5)
7. BI1 (BSI-DD 1)
8. BI2 (BSI-DD 2)
9. BI3 (BSI-DD 3)
10. BI4 (BSI-DD 4)
11. BS1 (BSI-DTS 1)
12. BS2 (BSI-DTS 2)
13. BS3 (BSI-DTS 3)
14. BS4 (BSI-DTS 4)
15. YS1 (YSS928-1)
16. YS2 (YSS928-2)
17. YS3 (YSS928-3)
BUS CHECK
1. VER. (Version information)
2. 1/2 (Checksum 1/2)
3. PORT (Port check)
8
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Starting DIAG
Press the “POWER ” (STANDBY/ON) key of the main unit while pressing the
“FM/AM ” key and the “INPUT MODE ” key simultaneously, and DIAG will be
activated.
• Starting DIAG in the protection cancel mode
If the protection function activates and causes hindrance to trouble diagnosis,
disable the protection function as described below, and it will be possible to enter
the DIAG mode. (The protection function other than the excess current detect
function will be disabled.)
Keys of main unit
FM/AM
INPUT MODE
Turn on the power while
pressing these keys.
Press the “POWER" (STANDBY/ON) key while pressing the “FM/AM" key and
the “INPUT MODE" key simultaneously. At this time, keep pressing the “FM/AM"
key and the “INPUT MODE" for 3 seconds or longer.
In this mode, “SLEEP” in the FL display of the main unit flashes.
CAUTION!
Using this product with the protection function disabled may cause damage to itself. Use special care for this point when
using this mode.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Canceling DIAG
Turn off the power by pressing the “POWER” (STANDBY/ON) key of the main unit or the “STANDBY” key of the remote
control unit.
CAUTION: When canceling this function, check that DIAG menu No.10 PRESET (memory initialization inhibited/reserved)
has been set. [To keep the user memory, be sure to select “INHI” (initialization inhibited) from the No.10 PRESET menu
before canceling the DIAG function.]
• Display at the start of DIAG
On the FL display of the main unit, an opening message (including the version and the protection history) appears for a few
seconds followed by the diagnostic menu display of 1. ANALOG BYPAS.
Opening message
When there is no
protection history (*1)
DIAG menu display
Version (1 alphabet)
After a few
seconds
(*1) If a protection function history has been recorded, the type of the protection function and the voltage value recorded last
are displayed.
If the protection function activates after DIAG has been started and the power is turned off;
When the protection function (*2) activates, the protection function history appears on the display and the power turns off.
Repair the faulty parts according to the displayed history.
(*2) When an excess current or any other faulty condition is found with the power source, DC, etc., the protection function
forces the power to turn off.
I PROTECT display
(When the power is turned on without this abnormality corrected, the protection
function activates the moment the power relay is turned on to shut off the power relay.
The display will not light.)
Cause: There is an abnormal current flow to the power amplifier.
Supplementary information: As the current of the power transistor of each channel
is detected, the abnormal channel can be identified by checking the current detect
transistor.
9
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
PS PRT display
(When the power is turned on without this abnormality corrected, the protection
function activates about 1 second later to shut off the power relay. Display may not
light if there is an abnormality with the power supply for the display.)
Cause: There is an abnormality in the power supply section (voltage).
Supplementary information: As the power from the following sources is detected, it
is possible to determine where an abnormality exists.
Main (5): Transformer secondary winding
CB222 (AC voltage)
Input (4): Regulated power supplies
±25, +12A, +12B, -12, +5D
DC PRT display
(When the power is turned on without this abnormality corrected, the protection
function activates about 3 seconds later to shut off the power relay.)
Cause: A DC output from the power amplifier of any channel is detected.
Besides the above possible causes, the cause may be a disconnected connector or around the CPU.
PS PRT and DC PRT displays include the abnormal A/D value in % (voltage value obtained by considering 5V as 100%).
Concerning this value, refer to DIAG menu No.11 AD DATA CHECK.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Protection history
When the protection function has activated, its history is stored in memory with a memory backup. Even when no
abnormality is noted while the unit is being serviced, an abnormality which has occurred previously can be defined as
long as the backup data has been stored. The protection history should always be cleared before returning the unit
from service.
The protection history is cleared when DIAG is cancelled by selecting "RSRV" (Memory initialization) from the setting
items of the DIAG menu No.10 PRESET or when the backup data is erased.
• Operation procedure of DIAG menu and SUB-MENU
There are 14 MENU items and some SUB-MENU items as well.
DIAG menu selection
Main unit: Select the menu using ∞ (Forward) and § (Reverse) keys of
PROGRAM.
Remote control unit: Select the menu using
(Forward) and
(Reverse) keys.
PROGRAM
DIAG menu selection
PRESET/TUNING
SUB-MENU selection
SUB-MENU selection
Main unit: Select the sub-menu using ∞ (Forward) and § (Reverse) keys of
PRESET/TUNING.
Remote control unit: Select the sub-menu using
(Forward) and
(Reverse)
keys.
Use these keys for
DIAG menu selection.
* Only the remote control keys indicated in the MENU List can be used to select
a sub-menu directly.
• Functions available during DIAG
Use these keys for
SUB-MENU selection.
In addition to the DIAG menu, functions as listed below are available.
• Input selection, 6CH input
• Center/Rear/Sub-woofer level adjustment
• Muting
• Power on/off operation
* Functions related to the tuner and the set menu are not available.
* It is possible to confirm Menu No.12 "IF STATUS" while keeping the signal process (operation status) of each DIAG menu
by using the INPUT MODE key of the main unit.
10
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Initial settings used to start DIAG function
Following initial settings are used when starting the DIAG function.
When the DIAG function is canceled, the settings before starting DIAG will be restored.
• Input
• Center/Rear/Sub-woofer level
• Audio mute
• Speaker settings
MAIN, CENTER, REAR
BASS OUT
MAIN LEVEL
• DIAG menu
: DVD (6CH INPUT OFF)
: 0dB
: OFF
: LARGE
: BOTH
: Normal (0dB)
: DSP THROUGH (1. ANALOG BYPASS)
• Details of DIAG menu
1. DSP THROUGH
There are 5 sub-menu items.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
ANALOG BYPASS [Remote control code: 7A-88 (PRG 1)]
• The input mode is fixed to use the analog (A/D) system.
• The L/R signal is output through the analog bypass without using the DSP
block.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 13.5 dBV
-∞
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
Sub DSP
L
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/R
SDOB1
0dB/-20dB
L/R
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
11
) means that the element indicated in it does not
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
M, C, R, SW CH [Remote control code: 7A-89 (PRG 2)]
• The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of
dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔ Analog (A/D) according to the signal
detection.
• L/R, C/SWF, RL/RR signals are output through DSP (see the signal path in the
figure below) without using the external DRAM. (Head margin included)
Head margin:
L/R: 0dBFS, Center: 0dBFS, RL/RR: -12dBFS, SWFR: Add L/R signal at 20dBFS.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV 12.5 dBV 10.0 dBV -6.5 dBV
[2ch source]
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/R
SDOB1
0dB/-20dB
L/R
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
[Multi ch source]
AC3D3 outputs signals using DOLBY DIGITAL/dts decode operation.
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
C/LFE
C/LFE
SDOB1
0dB/-20dB
LS/RS
LS/RS
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
12
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
MAIN HPF [Remote control code: 7A-8A (PRG 3)]
• MAIN HPF is turned on and output. (Head margin included)
Head margin:
L/R: 0/-3/-12/-18dBFS, Center: Mute, RL/RR: Mute, SWFR: Mute.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV
[2ch/Multi]
-∞
RL/RR
SWFR
-∞
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB or
-3dB or
-12dB or
-18dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
SDOB1
Mute
C
SWFR
SDOB3
Mute
RL
RR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
DIGITAL
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
FULL BIT [Remote control code: –]
• The signal is output in digital full bit without including the head margin.
• The same applies as “M, C, R, SW CH” except that the digital data is output in
full bit at D/A.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV 16.0 dBV 22.0 dBV 13.5 dBV
13
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
FULL BIT F [Remote control code: –]
• The front channel signal is output in full bit to the main channel.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV 16.0 dBV 22.0 dBV 13.5 dBV
[2ch source]
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/R
SDOB1
0dB/0dB
L/R
SDOB3
0dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RL
RR
4M DRAM
[Multi ch source]
AC3D3 outputs signals using DOLBY DIGITAL/dts decode operation.
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
C/LFE
C/LFE
SDOB1
0dB/0dB
LS/RS
LS/RS
SDOB3
0dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
14
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
2. FRONT CH
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
The front channel signal is output in full bit to the main channel.
Signals are output through DSP (see the signal path in the figure below) without using the external DRAM. (Head margin
included)
FRONT NORMAL [Remote control code: 7A-8B (PRG 4)]
• The head margin is included and the front channel signal is output to the main
channel.
Head margin:
L/R: Mute, Center: Mute, RL/RR: Mute, SWFR: Mute.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
-∞
-∞
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
FRONT MIX [Remote control code: 7A-8C (PRG 5)]
• The head margin is included and the front channel signal is output to the main
channel.
Head margin:
L/R: 0dBFS, Center: Mute, RL/RR: Mute, SWFR: Mute.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV
[2ch/Multi]
-∞
RL/RR
SWFR
-∞
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB or
Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
SDOB1
Mute
C
SWFR
SDOB3
Mute
RL
RR
DIGITAL
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
15
) means that the element indicated in it does not
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
3. RAM THROUGH
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
The Center and RL/RR signals are output through the external DRAM.
RAM 0dB [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A-10 (PRESET+)]
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB -1.4 dBV 16.0 dBV
[2ch/Multi]
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
SDOB2
Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/Mute
0dB/Mute
SDOB3
Mute
C
SWFR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
SDOB1
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
4. PRO LOGIC [YSS928]
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
Operation conforming to the ordinary Dolby Normal sound field is provided.
[REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A-8D (PRG 6)]
• Same as ordinary Pro Logic except that the auto input balance function is off.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB -18.0 dBV 16.0 dBV
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
16
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
[2ch]
*Multi: All Mute
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
CODEC
(D/A)
-3dB
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
C/S
C/Mute
SDOB1
-3dB/Mute
S
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
5. MARGIN CHECK
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
There are 3 sub-menu items.
The head margin of the main channel can be set to -3dB/-12dB/-18dB.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
MAIN 3dB Margin [Remote control code: 7A-11 (PRESET-)]
MAIN 12dB Margin [Remote control code: 7A-12 (P. PAGE)]
MAIN 18dB Margin [Remote control code: 7A-0C (CD FW)]
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Sub-menu
[2ch/Multi]
Condition
L/R
CENTER
RL/RR
SWFR
MAIN 3dB
MAIN 12dB
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 20 dBV
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 10.5 dBV
-∞
-∞
-∞
-∞
-∞
-∞
MAIN 18dB
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
-∞
-∞
-∞
4.8 dBV
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB or
-3dB or
-12dB or
-18dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
SDOB1
Mute
C
SWFR
SDOB3
Mute
RL
RR
DIGITAL
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
17
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
6. MAIN MIX
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
There are 2 sub-menu items.
The center and SW signals are output through the main channel.
CENTER -> MAIN [Remote control code: 7A-00 (TAPE PLAY)]
• The center signal is output through the main channel.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
[2ch/Multi]
0 dBV
13.0 dBV
RL/RR
SWFR
-∞
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
SDOB2
Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
L/Mute
SDOB1
-3dB/Mute
SDOB3
Mute
C
SWFR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
INTERNAL
DIR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SW -> MAIN [Remote control code: 7A-8E (PRG 7)]
• The SW signal is output through the main channel.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
-∞
-∞
[2ch/Multi]
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-7.0 dBV
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
SDOB2 Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
Mute/R
SDOB1 Mute/-20dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
SDOB3 Mute
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
18
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
7. OTHER INPUT
The signal inputted through the 6CH INPUT terminals is output.
EXTERNAL DECODER [Remote control code: 7A-8F (PRG 8)]
Reference data
INPUT: 6CH INPUT
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 13.5 dBV 13.5 dBV 13.5 dBV -7.0 dBV
8. DISPLAY CHECK
This program is used to check the FL display section. The display condition varies as shown below according to the submenu operation. The signals are processed using EFFECT OFF (The L/R signal is output using ANALOG MAIN BYPASS.)
[Remote control code: 7A-01 (TAPE RW)]
[Remote control code: 7A-02 (TAPE FW)]
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
BASS EXT. MEMORY
PRO LOGIC ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
DSP
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
6.1/ES
PCM
dB
ms
k Hz
SP
AB
All segments OFF
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
All segments ON (dimmer 100%)
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
All segments ON (dimmer 50%)
[Remote control code: 7A-03 (TAPE STOP)]
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
PTY HOLD EON
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
DIGITAL
ROCK CONCERT
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
BASS EXT. MEMORY
TUNED SLEEP
PRO LOGIC ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
Lighting of segments in lattice 2
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
PTY HOLD EON
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
ROCK CONCERT
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
TUNED SLEEP
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
Lighting of segments in lattice 1
Segment conditions of the FL driver and the FL tube are checked by turning ON and OFF all segments. Next, the operation
of the FL driver is checked by using the dimmer control. Then a short between segments next to each other is checked by
turning ON and OFF all segments alternately (in lattice).
9. MANUAL TEST
The noise generator with a built-in DSP outputs the test noise through the channels specified by the sub-menu.
The noise frequency for LFE is 35 to 250 Hz. Other than that, the center frequency is 800Hz.
ALL
[Remote control code: 7A-90 (PRG 9)]
Noise is output from all channels.
MAIN R
[Remote control code: 7A-06 (TAPE A/B)]
Noise is output from the MAIN R channel.
LFE
[Remote control code: 7A-09 (CD STOP)]
Noise is output from the SUB WOOFER
channel.
19
MAIN L
[Remote control code: 7A-04 (TAPE PAUSE)]
Noise is output from the MAIN L channel.
REAR R
[Remote control code: 7A-07 (TAPE DIR A)]
Noise is output from the REAR R channel.
CENTER
[Remote control code: 7A-05 (TAPE MUTE)]
Noise is output from the CENTER
channel.
REAR L
[Remote control code: 7A-08 (CD PLAY)]
Noise is output from the REAR L
channel.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
10. PRESET
This menu is used to reserve and inhibit initialization of the back-up RAM. The signals are processed using EFFECT OFF.
(The L/R signal is output using ANALOG MAIN BYPASS.)
PRESET INHIBIT (Initialization inhibited) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: –]
RAM initialization is not executed. Select this sub-menu to protect the values set
by the user.
PRESET RESERVED (Initialization reserved) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A57 (SLEEP)]
Initialization of the back-up RAM is reserved. (Actually, initialization is executed
next time when the power is turned on.) Select this sub-menu to reset when
shipped out of the factory or to reset RAM.
CAUTION: Before setting to the PRESET RESERVED, write down the existing preset memory content of the Tuner in a
table as shown below. (This is because setting to the PRESET RESERVED will cause the user memory content
to be erased.)
Preset group
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
A
B
C
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
D
E
• PRESET STATIONS
STATION
PAGE
A/C/E
FM FACTORY PRESET DATA (MHz)
NO.
1
2
U, C, R, T
87.5
90.1
R, T, A, B, G, L
87.5
90.1
3
4
5
95.1
98.1
107.9
95.1
98.1
108.0
6
7
8
88.1
106.1
107.9
88.1
106.1
108.0
STATION
PAGE
B/D
AM FACTORY PRESET DATA (kHz)
NO.
1
2
U, C, R, T
630
1080
R, T, A, B, G, L
630
1080
3
4
5
1440
530
1710
1440
531
1611
6
7
8
900
1350
1400
900
1350
1404
20
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
11. AD DATA CHECK
This menu is used to display the A/D conversion value of the main CPU which detects panel keys of the main unit and
protection functions in % using the sub-menu. (Reference voltage 5V as 100%) During signal processing, the condition
before execution is maintained.
When in 0/1/2 page, it is not possible to operate the keys of the main unit because the values of all keys are detected. During
signal processing, the condition before execution of this menu is maintained.
DC/PS (Detection of the protection function) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A-0B
(CD SKIP-)]
DC: DC detect protection value (Normal value: 3 to 35)
PS: Power voltage protection value (Normal value: 120 to 170)
* If DC or PS is out of the normal value range, the protection function activates
to turn off the power relay.
IMP/PL (Detection of impedance/Power limit) [Remote control code: –]
KY2: Detection of impedance switch
PL: The value of the power limit
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
0/1/2 (Panel key of main unit) [Remote control code: –]
A/D of the key fails to function properly when the standard value is deviated by
±4%. In this case, check the constant of partial pressure resistor, solder
condition, etc. Refer to table 1.
[Table 1]
Display
00
27
3F
5A
73
8C
A7
FF
21
K0
SEEK MODE
SEEK START
EON
RDS MODE
–
–
–
KEY OFF
K1
MEMORY
TUNING MODE
FM/AM
EDIT
A/B/C/D/E
PRESET/TUNING ∞
§ PRESET/TUNING
KEY OFF
K2
§ PROGRAM
PROGRAM ∞
EFFECT
INPUT MODE
§ INPUT
INPUT ∞
6CH INPUT
KEY OFF
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
12. IF STATUS
Using the sub-menu, the status data is displayed one after another in the hexadecimal notation.
During signal processing, the status before execution of this menu is maintained.
* Numeric values in the figure example are for reference.
IST (Internal status) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: –]
Indicates the status information of the microprocessor.
5th byte
4th byte
3rd byte
2nd byte
1st byte
<1st byte> Digital input/output setting value
Upper 4 bits: REC OUT selected/lower 4 bits: INPUT selected
Selection
COAX1 (CD)
COAX2
COAX4
COAX5
Numeric
value
C
D
Selection
COAX3
RF
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Numeric
Selection
Numeric
Selection
Numeric
value
value
value
0
NONE
4
OPT3 (D-TV/CBL)
8
1
FRONT (VIDEO AUX)
5
OPT4
9
2
OPT1 (MD/CDR)
6
OPT5
A
3
OPT2 (DVD)
7
OPT6
B
<2nd byte> Fs information of reproduction signal
Display
Fs (kHz)
00
Analog
01
32
02
44.1
03
48
04
64
05
88.2
06
96
07
Unknown NRM
08
Unknown DBL
09
Undefined
<3rd byte> Audio code mode information of reproduction signal
Display
Audio Code
00
1+1
01
1/0
02
2/0
03
3/0
04
2/1
05
3/1
06
2/2
07
3/2
08
2/3
09
3/3
0A
dts7.1
0B
Undefined
<4th byte> Format information of reproduction signal
(*1): Digital reproduction cannot be used due to a commercial bit or
4 ch audio reason. Analog reproduction is used instead.
Display
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
Signal format
Analog (Unlock)
Incorrect digital (*1)
Digital Data
IEC1937 Data
PCM Audio
Dolby Digital
D.D.Karaoke
D.D.EX
RED dts
ORANGE dts
dts ES
NONE PCM
<5th byte> Signal processing status information
(*2): With digital signals other than 32kHz, 44.1kHz and 48kHz,
through processing method is used for reproducible signals.
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
MUTE request
Red dts flashing
bit3
–
bit2 Through & bypass (*2)
6.1ch. field being processed bit1
FULL MUTE (ON: 1) bit0
–
dts analog mute
22
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
CS1-5 [Remote control code: -]: Indicates channel status information of the input signal (IEC60958).
BI1-4 [Remote control code: -]: Indicates bit stream information included in the DOLBY DIGITAL signal.
BS1-4 [Remote control code: -]: Indicates bit stream information included in the dts signal.
YS1-3 [Remote control code: - ]: Indicates device status information of YSS928 (IC801). * The numeric value in the figure is
an example for reference.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Byte No.
1
2
3
4
5
Function
YSS MUTE Reg
YSS MODE Reg
YSS IPORT BIT 7-0
YSS IPORT BIT 14-8
YSS OPORT
Byte No.
1
2
3
4
5
Function
IEC 1937 Preamble Pc
AC-3 Data Stream No
AC-3D Decode Status
YSS ZERO Reg
MIREG
Byte No.
1
2
3
4
Function
DIR Status
DIR fs
DIR fs count
YSS ZEROBF
13. DSP RAM CHECK
This menu is used to self-diagnose whether or not bus connection of YSS928 (IC801) and the external RAM (IC802) is made
properly.
During signal processing, the status before execution of this menu is maintained.
Bus Check [Remote control code: 7A-0A (CD SKIP+)]
The address bus and the data bus are checked and the connection condition is
displayed.
When no error is detected, "NOER" appears on display.
23
Display
WAIT
NOER
Description
Bus being checked.
No error detected.
DATA
ADDR
Data bus shorted or open.
Address bus shorted or open.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
14. MICROPROCESSOR INFORMATION
There are 3 sub-menu items.
The version, checksum and the port specified by the microprocessor are displayed. The signal is processed using EFFECT
OFF. The checksum is obtained by adding the data at every 16 bits for each program area and expressing the result as a 4figure hexadecimal data.
Version [Remote control code: 7A-0D (CD REW)]
Release 1 figure / Main 2 figures / DSP 2 figures / Communication 1 figure / Boot
manufacturer 1 figure / Boot 232c 1 figure
Checksum [Remote control code: –]
1 : All
2 : Program area
Port indication [Remote control code: –]
Model name, Destination, Headphone detection, FM stereo
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ AMP ADJUSTMENT
Confirmation and Adjustment of Idling Current of
Main (1) P. C. B.
0.1mV ~ 5mV
(DC)
• Right after the power is turned on, confirm that the
voltages at R53, R55, R59, R65 and R67 are between
0.1mV and 5mV.
• If any exceed 5mV, cut R27, R33, R39, R43 or R47.
• Reconfirm that they are between 0.1mV and 5mV.
• The voltages should be 0.1mV ~ 5mV after the power
has been on for 60 minutes.
Cut off
R53 (MAIN Lch)
R55 (MAIN Rch)
R67 (CENTER)
R59 (REAR Lch)
R65 (REAR Rch)
R27 (MAIN Lch)
R33 (MAIN Rch)
R47 (CENTER)
R39 (REAR Lch)
R43 (REAR Rch)
24
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ DISPLAY DATA
● V301 : 10-BT-235GNK (V6840400)
v
1
PATTERN AREA
● PIN CONNECTION
Pin No.
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
Connection 9G 10G NX NX NX NX NX NX NX NX NX P35 P34 P33 P32 P31 P30 P29 P28 P27 P26 P25 P24 P23 P22
Pin No.
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Connection P21 P20 P19 P18 P17 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 P9 P8 P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 NP NP F1 F1
Note : 1) F1, F2 ..... Filament
2) NP ..... No pin
3) NX ..... No extend pin
4) DL ..... Datum Line
5) 1G ~ 10G ..... Grid
● GRID ASSIGNMENT
10G
9G
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
ENHANCED
MONO TV SPORTS
MOVIE THEATER 12
ENTERTAINMENT
DISCO 5CH STEREO
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
2G
3G
1t
1a
1j
1f
1e
2c
1e
(3G)
2d
1r
1c
1d
2a
2j
2f
1b
2k
2b
2m
2g
2e
2c
1p
2n
6G
2t
2h
1k
1m
1g
2p
2r
1a
1j
1f
2b
2e
1c
1n
5G
1t
1h
2k
2m
2g
1p
1d
2a
2j
2f
1b
1m
1g
4G
2t
2h
1k
8G
2p
1n
dB
ms
k Hz
Dp
s
1h
1r
9G
CONCERT HALL
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
3
b
3
c
1G
25
8G
2r
2d
(1G, 2G, 4G~7G)
2n
7G
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
● ANODE CONNECTION
7G
6G
5G
4G
3G
2G
1G
P1
1t
1t
1t
1t
1t
1t
1t
P2
1a
1a
1a
1a
1a
1a
1a
P3
1b
1b
1b
1b
1b
1b
1b
P4
1h
1h
1h
h1
1h
1h
1h
P5
1j
1j
1j
1j
1j
1j
1j
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1f
1f
1f
1f
1f
1f
1f
10G
9G
8G
(RT)
P6
P7
(CT)
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1c
1c
1c
1c
1c
1c
1c
1n
1n
1n
1n
1n
1n
1n
1p
1p
1p
1p
1p
1p
1p
P13
1r
1r
1r
1r
1r
1r
1r
P14
1e
1e
1e
1e
1e
1e
1e
P15
1d
1d
1d
1d
1d
1d
1d
P9
(PS)
P10
P11
(PTY)
P12
2t
2t
2t
2t
2t
2t
2t
–
2a
2a
2a
2a
2a
2a
2a
–
–
2b
2b
2b
2b
2b
2b
2b
–
–
–
2h
2h
2h
2h
2h
2h
2h
P20
–
–
–
2j
2j
2j
2j
2j
2j
2j
P21
–
–
–
2k
2k
2k
2k
2k
2k
2k
P22
–
–
–
2f
2f
2f
2f
2f
2f
2f
P23
–
–
–
2g
2g
2g
2g
2g
2g
2g
P24
–
–
–
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
P25
–
–
–
2c
2c
2c
2c
2c
2c
2c
P26
–
–
–
2n
2n
2n
2n
2n
2n
2n
P27
–
–
–
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
P28
–
–
–
2r
2r
2r
2r
2r
2r
2r
P29
–
–
–
2e
2e
2e
2e
2e
2e
2e
P30
–
–
–
2d
2d
2d
2d
2d
2d
2d
P31
–
–
–
Dp
–
–
s
–
–
3b, 3c
P32
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P33
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P34
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P35
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P16
P17
–
P18
–
P19
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
1g
1m
P8
26
27
DIRMCK
Control Register
SELOB
µ-COM Interface
SELB SELA
SYNC
U
FS128
C
6
7
VMOD
BS
DBL/V
BSMOD
ERR
5
DIRO Interface
SDIASEL
SDIA Interface
DBL
PLL
Clock at DIR
(25 MHz)
CRC
PLL
DSP Clock
(30 MHz)
DIRPRO
DIRPCO
SDIA
DIRSDO
ZEROFLG
NONPCM
DTSDATA
AC3DATA
CRC
MUTE
KARAOKE
SURNEC
CPO
XO
XI
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
IPORT5-7
DDINSEL
Main DSP
(AC-3/ProLogic/DTS Decorder)
V
UMOD
SDIBCKSEL
DIR
C, LFE
SDDA Interface
LS, RS
SDIB3
SDIB2
SDIB1
SDIB0
SDOA2
SDOA1
SDOA0
SDIB1
SDIB0
VSS
VDD2
IPORT12
IPORT13
IPORT14
DIRSDO
DIRWCK
DIRBCK
DIRMCK
ERR/BS
SYNC/U
FS128/C
DBL/V
SDWCKI1
SDBCKI1
VSS
SDOB3
SDOB2
SDOB1
SDOB0
VDD1
ZEROBF3R
ZEROBF3L
ZEROBF2R
ZEROBF2L
OPORT0
OPORT1
OPORT2
OPORT3
OPORT4
OPORT5
OPORT6
OPORT7
VSS
VDD2
RAMD0
RAMD1
RAMD2
YSS928
CMOD
Control Signals
DIRWCK
DIRBCK
SDBCKI1
SDIACKSEL
SDWCKI1
SDWCKI0
SDBCKI0
/SDBCKO
IPORT0-4
MPLOAD
IPORT8-14
SDOB0
L, R
SDIBSEL
RAMA0-17
RAMOEN
RAMWEN
RASN
CASN
RAMD0-15
External
Memory
Interface
IPINT
Coefficient,
Program
RAM
SDIB Interface
OVFB/END
OVFSEL
So
SDOBCKSEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/cs
SELOA
SubDSP
XO
XI
SELI1
SELI0
SELOA
SELOB
TESTMS
TESTXEN
IPORT0
IPORT1
IPORT2
IPORT3
IPORT4
DDIN0
DDIN1
DDIN2
DDIN3
VSS
CPO
AVDD
DIRPCO
DIRPRO
AVSS
TESTBRK
TESTR1
TESTR2
VDD1
SDWCKI0
SDBCKI0
/SDBCKO
IPORT8
IPORT9
IPORT10
IPORT11
SDIA
SDOA2
SDOA1
SDOA2
SDIB3
SDIB2
SI
SDOB1
END
SDOB3
OVFB
ZEROBF3R-0L
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
VDD2
TESTXO
TESTXI
SELI2
SELI3
VSS
SELI4
IPINT
/IC
SCK
SI
SO
/CS
DIRINT
/LOCK
CRC
SURENC
VDD1
KARAOKE
MUTE
AC3DATA
DTSDATA
NONPCM
VSS
ZEROFLG
OVFB/END
RAMA17
RAMA16
RAMA15
RAMA14
RAMA13
RAMA12
SELI5
SELI6
SELI7
SELI8
VDD2
VSS
RAMA11
RAMA10
IC801 : YSS928
DSP
SCK
SDOB2
SDOB Interface
■ IC DATA
OPORT0-7
SELI0-13
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RAMA9
RAMA3
RAMA4
SELI9
SELI10
SELI11
SELI12
SELI13
RAMA2
RAMA5
RAMA1
RAMA6
RAMA0
RAMA7
RAMA8
VDD1
VSS
RASN
RAMOEN
RAMWEN
CASN
RAMD15
RAMD14
RAMD13
RAMD12
RAMD11
RAMD10
RAMD9
RAMD8
VDD1
VSS
RAMD7
RAMD6
RAMD5
RAMD4
ZEROBF0L
ZEROBF0R
ZEROBF1L
ZEROBF1R
RAMD3
/LOCK
ERR/BS
DDIN3
DDIN2
DDIN1
DDIN0
DIRINT
SYNC/U
FS128/C
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
IC801 : YSS928
Pin Description
Name
XO
XI
SELI1
SELI0
SELOA
SELOB
TESTMS
TESTXEN
IPORT0
IPORT1
IPORT2
IPORT3
IPORT4
DDIN0
DDIN1
DDIN2
I/O
O
I
I+
I+
O+
O+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
Is
Is
Is
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
DDIN3
VSS
CPO
AVDD
DIRPCO
DIRPRO
AVSS
TESTBRK
TESTR1
TESTR2
VDD1
SDWCKI0
SDBCKI0
/SDBCK0
IPORT8
IPORT9
IPORT10
IPORT11
SDIA
SDOA2
SDOA1
SDOA0
SDIB3
SDIB2
SDIB1
SDIB0
VSS
VDD2
IPORT12
IPORT13
IPORT14
DIRSDO
DIRWCK
DIRBCK
DIRMCK
ERR/BS
SYNC/U
FS128/C
DBL/V
Is
A
A
A
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
I
O
O
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Function
Crystal oscillator connecting terminal
Crystal oscillator connecting terminal (24.576MHz )
Built-in selector input 1
Built-in selector input 0
Built-in selector output A
Built-in selector output B
Test terminal (unconnected)
Test terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 0
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 1/General purpose input terminal
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 2/General purpose input terminal
(AXD)
(GND)
(ISEL)
(RSEL)
(CXDTA)
(ISEL)
(Pull down)
(GND)
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 3/General purpose input terminal
(Pull up)
Ground terminal
PLL filter connecting terminal
+3.3V power terminal (for DIR)
DIR: PLL filter connecting terminal
DIR: PLL filter connecting terminal
Ground terminal (for DIR)
Test terminal (unconnected)
PLL initialization signal input terminal for DSP
(/ICD)
Test terminal (unconnected)
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
Word clock input terminal for SDIA, SDOA, SDIB,SDOB interface (Unconnected)
Bit clock input terminal for SDIA, SDOA, SDIB, SDOB interface (Unconnected)
DIRBCK or SDBCKI0 invert clock output terminal (Unconnected)
IPINT general purpose input terminal (Unconnected)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(NONPCM)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(NONPCM)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(MUTE)
AC-3/DTS bit stream (or PCM) data input terminal to Main DSP
(SDAD)
PCM output terminal from Main DSP (C/LFE output) (Unconnected)
PCM output terminal from Main DSP (LS/RS output) (Unconnected)
PCM output terminal from Main DSP (L/R output) (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 3 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 2 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 1 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 0 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
+2.5V power terminal (for internal circuit)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(DBL)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(DBL)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(DIRINT)
AC-3/DTS bit stream (or PCM) data output terminal from DIR (Unconnected)
DIR: Serial data word clock (fs) output terminal
(WCK)
DIR: Serial data bit clock (64fs) output terminal
(BCK)
DIR: Serial data master clock (256fs or 128fs) output terminal
(MCK)
DIR: Data error detect output/block start output terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Serial data synchronous timing output/user data output terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Serial data master clock 128fs output/channel status output terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Double rate clock output/validity flag output terminal
(DBL)
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
28
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
29
No.
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
Name
SDWCKI1
SDBCKI1
VSS
SDOB3
SDOB2
SDOB1
SDOB0
VDD1
ZEROBF3R
ZEROBF3L
ZEROBF2R
ZEROBF2L
OPORT0
OPORT1
OPORT2
OPORT3
OPORT4
OPORT5
OPORT6
OPORT7
VSS
VDD2
RAMD0
RAMD1
RAMD2
RAMD3
ZEROBF1R
ZEROBF1L
ZEROBF0R
ZEROBF0L
RAMD4
RAMD5
RAMD6
RAMD7
VSS
VDD1
RAMD8
RAMD9
RAMD10
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
RAMD11
RAMD12
RAMD13
RAMD14
RAMD15
CASN
RAMWEN
RAMOEN
RASN
VSS
VDD1
RAMA8
RAMA7
RAMA0
RAMA6
RAMA1
I/O
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O+
O+
O+
O+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
O+
O+
O+
O+
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Function
Word clock input terminal for SDIB, SDOB interface (Unconnected)
Bit clock input terminal for SDIB, SDOB interface (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
SDOB3 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB3 Lch zero flag output terminal
SDOB2 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB2 Lch zero flag output terminal
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
+2.5V power terminal (for internal circuit)
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 0
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 1
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 2
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 3
SDOB1 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB1 Lch zero flag output terminal
SDOB0 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB0 Lch zero flag output terminal
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 4
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 5
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 6
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 7
Ground terminal
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 8
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 9
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 10
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 11
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 12
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 13
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 14
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 15
Sub DSP: Column address strobe output terminal for external DRAM
Sub DSP: Write enable terminal for external memory
Sub DSP: Output enable terminal for external memory
Sub DSP: Low address strobe output terminal for external DRAM
Ground terminal
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 8
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 7
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 0
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 6
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 1
(ZF3R)
(ZF3L)
(ZF2R)
(ZF2L)
(/RINH1)
(/ICCDC)
(DFS)
(DPL)
(ZF1R)
(ZF1L)
(ZF0R)
(ZF0L)
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Name
RAMA5
RAMA2
SELI13
SELI12
SELI11
SELI10
SELI9
RAMA4
RAMA3
RAMA9
RAMA10
RAMA11
VSS
VDD2
SELI8
SELI7
SELI6
SELI5
RAMA12
RAMA13
RAMA14
RAMA15
RAMA16
RAMA17
OVFB/END
ZEROFLG
VSS
NONPCM
DTSDATA
AC3DATA
MUTE
KARAOKE
VDD1
SURENC
CRC
/LOCK
DIRINT
/CS
SO
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
SI
SCK
/IC
IPINT
SELI4
VSS
SELI3
SELI2
TESTXI
TESTXO
VDD2
I/O
O
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
+3.3V
O
O
O
O
Is
Ot
Is
Is
Is
O+
I+
I+
I+
I
O
+2.5V
Function
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 5
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 2
Built-in selector input 13 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 12 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 11 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 10 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 9 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 4
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 3
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 9 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 10 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 11 (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
+2.5V power terminal (for internal circuit)
Built-in selector input 8
(CXA)
Built-in selector input 7
(GND)
Built-in selector input 6 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 5 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 12 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 13 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 14 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 15 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 16 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 17 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: Overflow/program end detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: Zero flag output terminal (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
Main DSP: Non-PCM data detect terminal
Main DSP: DTS data detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: AC3 data detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: Auto mute detect terminal
Main DSP: AC3 KARAOKE data detect terminal (Unconnected)
power terminal (for terminal section)
Main DSP: AC-3 2/0 mode Dolby surround encode input detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: AC3 CRC error detect terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: PLL lock detect terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Interrupt output terminal
Microprocessor interface chip select input terminal
(CSY)
Microprocessor interface data output terminal
Microprocessor interface data input terminal
Microprocessor interface clock input terminal
Initial clear input terminal
Interrupt output terminal by IPORT 8-14
Built-in selector input 4
Ground terminal
Built-in selector input 3
Built-in selector input 2
Test terminal (should be always connected to VSS)
Test terminal (Unconnected)
power terminal (for internal circuit)
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
No.
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
(SDM)
(YSSCK)
(/ICD)
(OPTD)
(OPTC)
(OPTB)
Is: Schmidt trigger input terminal
I+: Input terminal with pull-up resistor
O: Digital output terminal
Ot: 3-state digital output terminal
A: Analog terminal
30
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
P06/INTP6
P05/INTP5
P04/INTP4
P03/INTP3
P02/INTP2/NMI
P01/INTP1
P00/INTP0
RESET
XT1
XT2
VSS
X1
X2
VDD
P127/RTP7
P126/RTP6
P125/RTP5
P124/RTP4
P123/RTP3
P122/RTP2
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
P60/A16
P61/A17
P62/A18
P63/A19
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
P67/ASTB
VDD
P100/T15/TO5
P101/T16/TO6
P102/T17/TO7
P103/T18/TO8
P30/TO0
P31/TO1
P32/TO2
P33/TI1
P34/TI2
P35/TI00
P36/TI01
P37/EXA
VPP
P90
P91
P92
P93
P94
P95
P120/RTP0
P121/RTP1
P85/A5
P86/A6
P87/A7
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
P43/AD3
P44/AD4
P45/AD5
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
VSS
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
P84/A4
P83/A3
P82/A2
P81/A1
P80/A0
P27/SCK0
P26/SO0
P25/SI0
P24/BUZ
P23/PCL
P22/ASCK1/SCK1
P21/TxD1/SO1
P20/RxD1/SI1
P72/ASCK2/SCK2
P71/TxD2/SO2
P70/RxD2/SI2
AVREF1
P131/ANO1
P130/ANO0
AVSS
P17/ANI7
P16/ANI6
P15/ANI5
P14/ANI4
P13/ANI3
P12/ANI2
P11/ANI1
P10/ANI0
AVREF0
AVDD
IC902 : µPD78F4218AGF-3BA
16bit µ-COM (Main CPU)
Programmable
Interrupt
Controller
UART/IOE1
TI00
TI01
TO0
Timer/Event
Counter
(16 Bits)
UART/IOE2
TI1
TO1
Timer/Event
Counter 1
(8 Bits)
Clocked
Serial
Interface
TI2
TO2
Timer/Event
Counter 2
(8 Bits)
TI5/TO5
Timer/Event
Counter 5
(8 Bits)
TI6/TO6
Timer/Event
Counter 6
(8 Bits)
INTP2/NMI
INTP0, INTP1,
INTP3 to INTP6
TI7/TO7
TI8/TO8
31
RXD2/SI2
TXD2/SO2
ASCK2/SCK2
SI0
SO0
SCK0
Bus I/F
Timer/Event
Counter 7
(8 Bits)
Port 0
P00 to P06
Port 1
P10 to P17
Timer/Event
Counter 8
(8 Bits)
Port 2
P20 to P27
Port 3
P30 to P37
Port 4
P40 to P47
Port 5
P50 to P57
Port 6
P60 to P67
Port 7
P70 to P72
Port 8
P80 to P87
Port 9
P90 to P95
Port 10
P100 to P103
Port 12
P120 to P127
Port 13
P130, P131
Watchdog Timer
NMI/INTP2
Baud-rate
Generator
RXD1/SI1
TXD1/SO1
ASCK1/SCK1
AD0 to AD7
A0 to A7
A8 to A15
A16 to A19
RD
WR
WAIT
ASTB
EXA
Watch Timer
RTP0 to RTP7
Baud-rate
Generator
Real-time
Output Port
ANO0
ANO1
AVREF1
AVSS
P03/INTP3
D/A
Converter
ANI0 to ANI7
AVREF0
AVDD
AVSS
A/D
Converter
78K/IV
CPU Core
RAM
12,800
Bytes
Flash
Memory
256 KB
System Control
PCL
Clock Output
Control
BUZ
Buzzer Output
RESET
X1
X2
XT1
XT2
VDD
VSS
VPP
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
IC902 : µPD78F4218AGF-3BA
Pin Description
No. PORT
Function name I/O Detail of function
No. PORT
Function name I/O Detail of function
1 P60/A16
NC
100 Vss
MG
2 P61/A17
NC
99 P57/A15
CEL
3 P62/A18
NC
98 P56/A14
4 P63/A19
97 P55/A13
SCK
O Serial data clock for audio IC
VIDEO1 O Video select 1
96 P54/A12
SO
O Serial data for audio IC
6 P65/WR
VIDEO2 O Video select 2
95 P53/A11
O NC
7 P66/WAIT
VIDEO3 O Video select 3
94 P52/A10
O NC
8 P67/ASTB
CECOD O Serial CE out for CODEC
93 P51/A9
O NC
5 P64/RD
9 VDD
/6chG
O 6ch Gain
O Serial CE for sanyo device
O
+5BU
92 P50/A8
10 P100/TI5/TO5
I
NC
91 P47/AD7
11 P101/TI6/TO6
I
NC
90 P46/AD6
O NC
/FMT
O Full mute
/MTSW O LFE mute
12 P102/TI7/TO7
/DMT
O Digital mute
89 P45/AD5
13 P103/TI8/TO8
PRY
O Power relay
88 P44/AD4
/MTC
O Center mute
14 P30/TO0
MRY
O Main speaker & HP relay
87 P43/AD3
/TMT
O Tuner mute
15 P31/TO1
ERY
O Effect speaker relay
86 P42/AD2
DEST
I
/MTMR O Main, rear mute
Frequency switch (R destination)
16 P32/TO2
RIMA
O Power limiter control A
85 P41/AD1
RDSE I/O RDS use detect/RDS Enable out
17 P33/TI1
RIMB
O Power limiter control B
84 P40/AD0
TUN1
I
Tuner destination 1
18 P34/TI2
/MLV
O Main level control
83 P87/A7
TUN0
I
Tuner destination 0
19 P35/TI00
O NC
82 P86/A6
/ST
I
20 P36/TI01
O NC
81 P85/A5
TUNED I
I
Headphone detect
80 P84/A4
SCKR
O RDS data clock
Control of flash write
O RDS data
21 P37/EXA
/HP
22 TEST/Vpp
VPP
Tuner/ST (stereo)
Tuned
79 P83/A3
SDTR
23 P90
O NC
78 P82/A2
SDRR
24 P91
O NC
77 P81/A1
/ICD
O YSS928/DA/AD/CODEC/DEM
25 P92
O NC
76 P80/A0
CSY
O YSS928 CE
26 P93
O NC
75 P27/SCK0
27 P94
O NC
74 P26/SO0
SDF
O FL Driver TxD/Flash RxD
28 P95
O NC
73 P25/SI0
CEFD
O FL Driver CE/Flash TxD
I
O Control of flash write
29 P120/RTP0
/PSM
Power save mode
I
RDS data receive
/SCK0 O FL Driver Clock/Flash Clock
72 P24/BUZ
VPP2
30 P121/RTP1
O NC
71 P23/PCL
CEP
O PLL IC Enable
31 P122/RTP2
O NC
70 P22/ASCK1/SCK1 SCKP
O PLL data clock
32 P123/RTP3
O NC
69 P21/TXD1/SO1
SDTP
O PLL data
33 P124/RTP4
I
NC
68 P20/RXD1/SI1
SDRP
I
34 P125/RTP5
I
NC
67 P72/ASCK2/SCK2 YSSCK O YSS928 data clock
35 P126/RTP6
MVDN O Main volume down
66 P71/TXD2/SO2
36 P127/RTP7
MVUP O Main volume up
37 VDD
+5BU
PLL data receive
SDM
O YSS928 data
65 P70/RXD2/SI2
SDD
I
64 AVref1
AVref
X2
63 P131/ANO1
/BLK
39 X1
X1
62 P130/ANO0
40 Vss
MG
61 AVss
AVss
41 XT2
XT2
60 P17/ANI7
PRV
42 XT1
XT1
59 P16/ANI6
PRD
I
DC protection detect
43 RESET
/RES
58 P15/ANI5
PRI
I
I protection detect
38 X2
YSS928 data receive
O FL Driver all lights out
O NC
I
PS protection detect
44 P00/INTP0
INT928
I
YSS928 IPINT/MUTE/DIR
57 P14/ANI4
ADKEY0 I
Body key detection 0
45 P01/INTP1
/PDET
I
Power down detect interrupt
56 P13/ANI3
ADKEY1 I
Body key detection 1
46 P02/INTP2
PSW
I
Standby SW input (High edge)
55 P12/ANI2
ADKEY2 I
Body key detection 2
47 P03/INTP3
REM1
I
Remote controller signal
54 P11/ANI1
MODEL I
Model select
48 P04/INTP4
I
NC
53 P10/ANI0
PREMT I
Power limiter detection
49 P05/INTP5
O NC
52 AVref0
AVref0
50 P06/INTP6
O NC
51 AVdd
AVdd
E-32/J-28
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)
COAXIAL
IC801 YSS928
IC808B
CXDTA
9
IC808C
MG
+25
F1
Q371
F2
+5D
IC374
D403
G
157
OPTC
156
OPTD
154
SOUND FIELD PROCESSING/SPEAKER CONFIGURATION
/VIRTUAL PROCESSING/HEAD-PHONE PROCESSING
DVD
D-TV/CBL
OPTB
REC OUT
SELECTOR
MD/CD-R
3
AXD
DOLBY DIGITAL
/DTS DECODER
V-AUX
DIGITAL OUTPUT
PRY
D401
OPTICAL
3
Q161
See page E-55/J-51 (INPUT)
INPUT
SELECTOR
DIGITAL INPUT
SIGNAL
DETECTOR
62
125
CXA
CD
2
S12
XL801
2
1
IC808A
D163
T161
See page E-57/J-53 (DSP)
DUTY CORRECT
RSEL
REC OUT
MD/CD-R
6
IC805, 806, 807
5
14
DIR
+10
G
61
SDOB1
6
IC815A
1
3 +
–
27
28
-25
Q372
C
IC373
+12A
D402
+12B
IC371
IC815B
7
5 +
–
SW
IC816A
7
5 +
–
L (DAL)
IC816B
1
3 +
–
R (DAR)
IC817A
1
3 +
–
RL
IC817B
7
5 +
–
RR
CODEC
60
SDOB2
59
7
SDOB3
D/A
CONVERTER
25
IC812
AK4527
26
8
23
24
G
-12
IC372
D221
-VP
J221
RY161
4M
DRAM
J222
IMPEDANCE
SELECTOR
SW161
D222
J223
J224
D371
F162
+B
IC802
IC813A, 814A
CODEC
ADL
IC813B, 814B
SDIA
9
35
G
A/D
CONVERTER
ADR
+3.3
IC804
+5D2
+2.5
IC803
+5D2
IC812
AK4527
-B
4
D223
Q33
XL441
RDS
DECODER
IC445
See page E-58/J54 (MAIN)
DSP CONTROL
from µ-COM
B, G ONLY
See page E-55/J51 (INPUT)
-VP
PHONES
INPUT
SELECTOR
See page E-56/J-52 (OPERATION)
PA : POWER AMP
+B
IC443
IC444
FM/AM
TUNER
3/5
IC443
DAL/DAR
BYL/BYR
6L/6R
1/7
IC446
3/5
5
IC731
L/R
3/5
1/7
IC771
1/7
L/R
90Hz
HPF
TONE
CONTROL
BALANCE
RY1
8/2
Q448~451
LO/RO
Q16A/C
Q17A/C
MAIN B
(L/R)
-B
IC447
IC442
C
C
3
6C
IC443
IC441
IC442
CENTER
IC732A
1
C
Q445, 446
C
RY3
PA
VR731
Q20A/C
SW. NONE
-B
REAR
(L/R)
+B
IC442
SW
Q452, 453,
455, 456
6SW
RL/RR
RY2
PA
VIDEO AUX
(L/R)
RL/RR
6RL/6RR
INHIBIT
IC443
IC733
RL/RR
3/5
-B
MRY
Q18A/C
Q19A/C
1/7
ERY
SW
VCR IN
(L/R)
RL/RR
RELAY DRIVER
MD/TAPE OUT
(L/R)
6CH INPUT
MAIN
(L/R)
CENTER
Q36, 106
6L/6R
6C
IC732B
SURROUND
(L/R)
5
6RL/6RR
7
SW
IC734
SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
6SW
Q441, 443
7
E-33/J-29
SW241
PA
VR773
+B
DVD
(L/R)
VCR OUT
(L/R)
MAIN A
(L/R)
C. NONE
MD/CD-R IN
(L/R)
6
SW241
MUTE
IC443
CD
(L/R)
AUDIO
7/1
BASS TREBLE
VR771 VR772
AUX
(L/R)
D-TV/CBL
(L/R)
5/3
IC502
6/4
E-34/J-30
SW
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)
DSP
CONTROL
2
DVD
C-INPUT
SELECTOR
D-TV/CBL
IC302
DC
Y-INPUT
SELECTOR
VCR
IC301
59
3
60
58
18
V1, V2
VIDEO
AUX
14
15
XL901
HP-RELAY
SP-RELAY
39
10MHz
87-90
38
Q301, 303
Q302, 305
Q304, 306
13
VCR
51
V3
VDD
45
4
V3
MAIN
CPU
V1, 2
POWER DETECT
/RESET
Q909, Q910
43
40
S12
IC903
VSS
MG
IC902
uPD78F4218AGF
DVD
INPUT
SELECTOR
IC351
D-TV/CBL
VCR
V901
V1, V2
63, 73 –75
VIDEO
AUX
IC901
5
46
SW825
Q351
Q352, 353
55-57
VCR
SW811~824, 901~904
47
Y3
6
U901
See page E-55/J-51 (INPUT)
See page E-56/J-52 (OPERATION)
7
E-35/J-31
E-36/J-32
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
To DSP
• Semiconductor Location
ADR
DAL
E
SW
RR
FR
DG
DMT
/ICD
DG
CSY
+25V
+5D1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
ADL
E
DAR
C
RL
FL
AXD
INT928
YSSCK
SDM
SDD
CSN
-25V
+5D2
To INPUT (6)
INPUT (1) P. C. B.
From Tuner
To OPERATION (5)
AXD
DG
+5D
CEP
SDTP
SCKP
GND RXRDS
+5B
COMP+12B
TUL
TE
TUR
TMT
/ST TUNED
6
E R
6
E L
6
E RR
6
E RL
6
E SW
6C
2
1
12
24
13
AUX
3
1
To
OPERATION
(1)
9
CD
W441
Brown
IN
1
30
1
30
OUT
1
1
DVD
15
16
15
16
15
16
8
8
D-TV/CBL
5
IN
VCR
To OPERATION (6)
E-37/J-33
D
DG G LC
D 1
+1 50
+1 G
+1 2A
0
2
E
-1 B
VG 2 -2 E
+ 5
RR C LC 25
2
RL
E
R
E
L
E
E
DEST
SW1
SW2
SW3
+12A
VE
AXR
E
AXL
LC1
VDN
SCK
CEL
MMR
MLF
CSY
SDM
YSSCK
DMT
TUNED
TMT
SCKP
CEP
6ch GAIN
SW2
SDRR
SDTR
7
+12A
-12
TOR
E
TOL
TIR
E
TIL
VPP
+5BU
/RES
/SCK0
SI0
SD0
VPP2
MG
LC2
PRV2
VUP
S0
FMUT
MCT
CSN
SDD
/ICD
MG
INT928
/ST
SDRP
SDTP
/-10dB
SW1
SW3
RDSE
SCKR
To
OPERATION
(1)
E
LF AI
LI
RR EI
E
I R CI
E
LI
LO
E
R C0
+1 LO L RO E
F
VU 2A R EO
R
VG P -1 O
VD 2
+1 N
0
OUT
6
Location
C3
D442
D443
E4
E4
D444
D445
E4
E4
D446
D447
A2
C3
D448
IC441
C3
H4
IC442
IC443
G4
F4
IC444
IC445
F3
B3
IC446
IC447
G4
E5
Q441
Q442
G5
G5
Q443
Q444
G5
E4
Q445
Q446
C4
C4
Q447
Q448
C4
C5
Q449
Q450
B5
C5
Q451
Q452
B5
D4
Q453
Q454
D4
D4
Q455
Q456
D4
D4
Q457
Q458
C4
C3
Q459
Q460
C4
C4
Q461
Q462
B2
B3
Q465
Q466
C3
B5
Q467
Q468
B5
D4
Q469
C3
1
30
4
MD/CD-R
Ref. No.
D441
To INPUT (3)
From OPERATION (1)
Circuit No.
J, U, C, A, L
R, T
B, G
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
C499~504, 506,
507, 514
IC445
J441
Q462
L441
R575~579, 581, 582
XL441
To OPERATION (4)
To OPERATION (3)
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-38/J-34
SUB
WOOFER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
• Semiconductor Location
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
INPUT (2) P. C. B.
INPUT (3) P. C. B.
VCR
DVD
D-TV/CBL
IN
OUT
MONITOR
OUT
MONITOR
OUT
INPUT (6) P. C. B.
VCR
OUT
D-TV/CBL DVD
IN
MAIN
FREQUENCY STEP
(R, T models only)
CENTER/
REAR S. WOOFER
2
9
1
+12A
VE
AUXY
AUXC
V1
V2
V3
9
3
+12A
VE
AUXY
AUXC
V1
V2
V3
9
D372
D401
D6
G6
D402
D403
G6
F6
IC301
IC302
B3
B3
IC351
IC371
E3
B5
IC372
IC373
C5
B5
IC374
Q301
A5
C3
Q302
Q303
C3
C3
Q304
Q305
C3
C3
Q306
Q351
C3
E3
Q352
Q353
E3
E3
Q371
Q372
D5
D6
1
From INPUT (2)
DEST
SW1
SW2
SW3
+12A
VE
AXR
E
AXL
XV
AU
Y
UX
XC A XR
AU
AU L
X
VE
AU
E
4
From INPUT (1)
INPUT (4) P. C. B.
6C
E W
6S
E L
6R
E R
6R
E
6L
E
6A
To OPERATION (5)
From INPUT (1)
From INPUT (5)
PRV1
+B4
-B4
+B2
E
-B2
+B3
DG
VG
5
Location
D6
1
To INPUT (3)
Ref. No.
D371
To OPERATION (4)
VG
-12
+12B
+12A
+5D
DG
DG
+10
E
E
-25
+25
PRV1
INPUT (5) P. C. B.
From Transformer
6
To INPUT (4)
7
E-39/J-35
VG 2
-1 2B
+1 12A
+ 5D
+ G
D G
D 10
+ E
C411
E-40/J-36
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
• Semiconductor Location
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
OPERATION (1) P. C. B.
From OPERATION (2)
From OPERATION (7)
2
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, L
B, G
J901
J902
J903
J904
J1005
R908
R909
R916, 919, 920
R935
R936
R937
SW901~904
X
X
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
O
RDS MODE
/FREQ
E ON
+5M
PSW
MG
ADKEY2
ADKEY1
5M
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
0
10
1
3
1
64
81
30
80
31
49
16
48
17
51
50
33
32
62
1
4
OPERATION (2) P. C. B.
EFFECT
PROGRAM
To INPUT (1)
A/B/C/D/E
PRESET/TUNING
LC2
PRV2
VUP
SO
FMUT
MTC
SCN
SDD
/ICD
MG
INT928
/ST
SDRP
SDTP
/-10dB
SW1
SW3
SDSE
SCKA
5
From
OPERATION (8)
LC1
VDN
SCK
CEL
MTMR
MTSW
CSY
SDM
YSSCK
DMT
TUNED
TMT
SCKP
CEP
6CH GAIN
SW2
SDRR
SDTR
F2
F1
VPP
/RES
SI0
VPP2
To MAIN (1)
To INPUT (1)
+5BU
/SCK0
SD0
MG
/HP
PREMT
MG
PRY
S12
MRY
PRI
PRD
VP
PRV1
ERY
W441 Brown
To INPUT (1)
PRESET
/TUNING
EDIT
FM/AM
INPUT MODE
6
To OPERATION (1)
7
E-41/J-37
5M
ADKEY1
ADKEY2
MG
MEMORY TUNING
MAN'L/
MODE
AUTO FM
AUTO/
MAN'L MONO
E-42/J-38
INPUT
6CH INPUT
Ref. No.
D901
Location
B3
D902
D903
C4
D4
D904
D905
D4
D4
D906
D907
D4
B3
D908
D909
B3
B4
D910
D911
B3
B3
D912
IC901
B3
E4
IC902
IC903
C3
B3
Q901
Q902
F4
F4
Q903
Q904
E4
D4
Q906
Q907
D4
D3
Q909
Q910
B3
B3
Q911
Q912
G3
F3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
OPERATION (3) P. C. B.
OPERATION (4) P. C. B.
OPERATION (6) P. C. B.
To INPUT (1)
TREBLE
BALANCE
VG
VUP
+12A
RLO
CO
E
E
RRI
LFEI
RI
E
VG
-12
+12B
+12A
+5D
DG
DG
+10
E
E
-25
+25
PRV1
To INPUT (1)
BASS
+10
VDN
-12
RRO
LFEO
RO
E
LO
RLI
CI
E
LI
To INPUT (4)
2
DG
DG
+5D
+12A
+12B
-12
VG
C
RR
RL
R
L
LC1
DG
+10
E
E
-25
+25
LC2
E
E
E
E
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
5
4
5
4
5
4
3
+12A
-12
TOR
E
TOL
TIR
E
TIL
To OPERATION (1)
4
1
OPERATION (7) P. C. B.
PRV1
E
+B
VC
NFC
VRR
NFRR
VRL
NFRL
VR
NFR
VL
NFL
-BV
STANDBY/ON
To MAIN (1)
5
Ref. No.
D661
Location
D2
Ref. No.
IC732
Location
F3
Ref. No.
Q663
Location
D3
Ref. No.
Q670
Location
C3
Ref. No.
Q677
Location
C3
D662
D663
D2
D3
IC733
IC734
E3
E5
Q664
Q665
D2
B4
Q671
Q672
C3
C3
Q678
Q679
C3
C3
D664
D665
C4
C4
IC771
IC772
H3
I3
Q666
Q667
B4
B4
Q673
Q674
C3
C3
D731
IC731
E4
F3
Q661
Q662
D3
D2
Q668
Q669
C4
B3
Q675
Q676
C4
C4
To INPUT (2)
To INPUT (1)
To OPERATION (1)
+5D
DG
AXD
OPERATION (5) P. C. B.
10
• Semiconductor Location
PSW
+5M
6
AXL
E
AXR
VE
AUX-Y
AUC-C
AUX-V
HPL
E
HPR
/HP
OPERATION (8) P. C. B.
VOLUME
To OPERATION (1)
To MAIN (1)
7
PHONES
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
R
AUDIO
OPTICAL
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, L
B, G
C835, 839, 840
D661
Q662
R661, 662
R839
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
From Transformer
F1
F2
F2
F1
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-43/J-39
E-44/J-40
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
From INPUT (1)
ADR
DAL
E
SW
RR
FR
DG
DMT
/ICD
DG
CSY
+25V
+5D1
ADL
E
DAR
C
RL
FL
AXD
INT928
YSSCK
SDM
SDD
CSN
-25V
+5D2
DSP P. C. B.
(Lead Type Device)
2
1
21
40
22
5 COAXIAL
CD
3
81
120
80
121
4
41
3
OPTICAL
DVD
2
OPTICAL
MD/CD-R
1
OPTICAL
MD/CD-R
1
1
44
12
DIGITAL
INPUT
11
33
23
22
OPTICAL
D-TV/CBL
160
40
34
4
5
6
• Semiconductor Location
7
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D801
D802
H2
H2
IC802
IC803
G3
G3
Q821
Q822
C3
B3
D824
D826
D4
D4
IC804
IC807
H3
G4
Q823
Q824
C4
C4
D828
D830
D4
D4
IC812
Q819
E4
E3
IC801
F4
Q820
E3
E-45/J-41
E-46/J-42
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
DSP P. C. B.
(Surface Mount Device)
2
7
1
8
14
7
1
8
14
7
1
8
14
3
8
5
8
5
8
5
1
4
1
4
1
4
8
5
4
1
1
4 5
8
4
5
6
• Semiconductor Location
7
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D803
D804
G3
H5
D818
D819
B6
B6
D832
IC805
F4
H5
IC816
IC817
C3
B3
D805
D806
H5
G3
D820
D823
B6
D4
IC806
IC808
H4
H3
Q801
Q807
E2
B4
D807
D808
H3
H3
D825
D827
D4
D4
IC813
IC814
D3
D3
Q808
Q817
B4
E3
D817
B6
D829
D4
IC815
C3
Q818
E3
E-47/J-43
E-48/J-44
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
From MAIN (2)
MAIN (1) P. C. B.
To MAIN (4)
From
OPERATION (5)
/HP
LIMDT
MG
PRY
S12
SRY
PRI
PRD
VP
PRV1
ERY
HPL
E
HPR
/HP
+RYV
+RYV
YPB
MG
S12
PRY
PRV1
From
MAIN (5)
LE
LE
L
L
E
RE
RE
R
R
To
OPERATION
(1)
2
L
3
REAR
R
PRV1
E
+B
VC
NFC
VRR
NFRR
VRL
NFRL
VR
NFR
VL
NFL
-BV
CENTER
4
From
OPERATION
(4)
BL
BE
RE
5
From MAIN (2)
• Semiconductor Location
6
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D1
D2
H4
F4
D11
D12
H2
H2
D21
D22
D3
G3
Q8
Q9
G4
F4
Q17A
Q17C
F5
G5
Q28
Q29
G4
F4
D3
D4
E3
D4
D13
D14
G2
D3
D23
Q1
D3
H5
Q10
Q11
F4
E4
Q18A
Q18C
E5
F5
Q30
Q31
E4
C3
D5
D6
C4
G4
D15
D16
D3
C3
Q2
Q3
G5
E5
Q12
Q13
E4
C4
Q19A
Q19C
D5
D5
Q32
Q33
G3
G2
D7
D8
D4
G4
D17
D18
C3
H3
Q4
Q5
D5
C5
Q14
Q15
C4
B4
Q20A
Q20C
B5
C5
Q34
E3
D9
D10
G4
C4
D19
D20
G3
C3
Q6
Q7
H4
H4
Q16A
Q16C
H5
H5
Q26
Q27
I4
H4
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, B, G, L
C38, 41~44
X
X
X
O
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
7
E-49/J-45
E-50/J-46
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
MAIN (2) P. C. B.
MAIN (3) P. C. B.
To MAIN (7)
From AC power cord
To MAIN (5)
MAIN (4) P. C. B.
From MAIN (7)
+
R
SPEAKERS
–
–
L
+
GY
BR
YE
WH
RE
BE
BR
OR
2
VOLTAGE SELECTOR
240V
1-2/5-6
220V
2-3/6-7
110V
3-4/7-8
120V
4-5/8-1
3
R
R
BR
AR
AL
BL
L
L
PRV1
PRY
S12
MG
LE
LE
L
L
E
RE
RE
R
R
4
From MAIN (6)
To MAIN (1)
HI1
HI1
HI2
HI2
E
E
LOW2
LOW2
LOW1
LOW1
From MAIN (1)
MAIN (6) P. C. B.
To MAIN (4)
To MAIN (1)
VPB
+RYV
+RYV
L
L
BL
AL
AR
BR
R
R
RE
MAIN (7) P. C. B.
BL
RE
5
To MAIN (2)
LOW1
LOW1
LOW2
LOW2
E
E
HI2
HI2
HI1
HI1
To MAIN (5)
MAIN (5) P. C. B.
To
MAIN
(1)
To MAIN (3)
BR
BE
WH
OR
YE
RE
6
• Semiconductor Location
BR
GY
7
From MAIN (2)
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D161
D162
C4
B5
Q161
Q162
D3
E3
D163
D164
E3
D3
Q163
D3
D221
D222
I5
I6
D223
H6
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, B, L
G
C165, 166, 174
C201~210
CB163, 164
CB271, 272
D164
F161
F271
J161
J162
J163, 164, 221, 224
J178, 179, 222, 223
Q162, 163
R162, 163, 175
R167
SW161
SW271
W261~266
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
A
B
SPEAKERS
From Transformer
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-51/J-47
E-52/J-48
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
IC442: LC78213
Analog Function Switch
L5
7
24
R5
L6
8
23
R6
LCOM3
9
22
RCOM3
21
20
2 3 4 5
6
SHIFT REGISTER
14
15
13
ZZ
ZZ
8 V+
I11 2
CL
CE
+ –
VCC
IN1 3
6 I12
V– 4
5 IN2
Row
Address
Buffers
9
Row
Decoders
Word
Drivers
P2
VCC 1
10
9
7
L4
5
26
R4
L5
6
25
R5
7
8
9
24
23
22
R6
10
11
19
16
12
18
17
21
20
R8
14
15
13
D1
LATCH
ZZ
SHIFT REGISTER
ZZ
ZZ
RCOM2
R7
Vin
1
3
CL
CE
IN 1
5
GND
1
INPUT LOGIC
Vc
4
GND
VZ
Output
Buffers
21
20
R8
L8
LCOM3
VDD
VSS
VEE
RES
S
RCOM2
R7
LEVEL SHIFTER
LATCH
SHIFT REGISTER
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
14
15
13
D1
CL
CE
6
PLL
(57kHz)
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
VSSA 4
DO
CL
DI
CE
T1
T2
T3
T4
20
21
22
23
7
8
9
10
2 3 4 5
6
7
8
CLOCK
RECOVERY
(1187.5Hz)
TEST
1
SDOS
9
LPF
24
DATT
DAC
SDTO
6
SDTI1
SDTI2
SDTI3
SDIN1
SDIN2
SDIN3
7
8
57kHz
bpf
(SCF)
DATA
DECODER
SMOOTHING
FILTER
RAM
(24 BLOCK DATA)
MEMORY
CONTROL
–IN1 2
INPUT
Safety Drive
Limiter
Amp.
3
IC806: TC74VHCT08AF
Quad 2-Input And Gate
1
14 Vcc
1B
2
13 4B
1Y
3
12 4A
2A
4
11 4Y
2B
5
10 3B
2Y
6
9
3A
GND
7
8
3Y
+ –
+ –
7 OUT2
+IN1 3
6 –IN2
–VCC 4
5 +IN2
OUTPUT
IC901: LC75725E
LCD Driver
2
1A
8 +VCC
DIGIT
DRIVER
GND
BLK
61
VFL
13
SEGMENT DRIVER
MPX
LATCH
1A
1
14 Vcc
1B
2
13 4B
1Y
3
12 4A
2A
4
11 4Y
2B
5
10 3B
2Y
6
9
3A
TIMING
GENERATOR
GND
7
8
3Y
DIVIDER
GRID
CONTROL
14 VDDD
DIMMER
TIMING
GENERATOR
SHIFT REGISTER
OSCI
59
OSCO
58
ADDRESS
DETECTOR
CLOCK
GENERATOR
IC903: NJM78L05A-T3
Voltage Regulator
15 VSSD
VREF
CCB
ROUT3
V–
+
ANTIALIASING
FILTER
8
IC807: NJM2904M
Dual OP-Amp
VDDA 3
MPX IN 2
RCOM3
5
Vcc
1
+Vcc
10
11
19
16
12
18
17
LCOM2
L7
CONTROL
6
1
9
OUT2
R6
8
–IN2
24
23
22
L6
RCOM1
R5
7
+IN2
7
8
9
LCOM1
L5
-
6
+IN1
R4
+
–Vcc
27
26
25
DATT
OUT1 1
IN 2
IC805: TC74HC00AF
IC808: TC74HCU04AF
Quad 2-Input Nand Gate
–IN1
4
5
6
DAC
1
5
6
OUT1
L4
5
Vo1 -Vm1 +Vm1 VEE +Vm2 -Vm2 Vo2
IC445: LC72722
RDS Decoder
LPF
Excessive Electric
Current Protection
Q2
19 RDS-ID
–
ERROR CORRECTION
(SOFT DECISION)
SYNC/EC
CONTROLLER
Q1
Q5
Q3
Q4
OSC/DIVIDER
SYNC
DETECT-1
SYNC
DETECT-2
Q6
INPUT
Q7
18 SYNC
24 SYR
INPUTS
OUTPUT
CLK(4.332MHz)
Q13
+
Q11
Q12
OUTPUT
Q10
11 16 17
13
12
X OUT
R3
23
6DOUT
Vo
RCOM3
X IN
R2
28
DQ9~DQ16 LOUT3
IC804: µPC29M33T-E1
Voltage Regulator
IC803: PQ025EZ5MZP
Regulator
2
C IN
29
3
DATT
21
2
IC771, 772: NJM2068L-D
Dual OP-Amp
FL OUT
2
L3
DAC
8
Memory
Cells
LEVEL SHIFTER
VREF
L2
Vcc
LPF
Format
Converter
Input
Buffers
60
OUT 2
8
T5
T6
T7
R1
26
DAUX
VDD
VCC 2
2
1
30
ROUT2
10
20
INPUT
1
DATT
S2
S1
OUT 1
3
IC734: LB1641
Motor Driver
IC444: µPC4570HA
Dual OP-Amp
L1
DAC
56
P1
RCOM1
+
LPF
55
R3
4
25
57
28
27
-
LOUT2
VSS
3
4
3
DATT
62
L3
LCOM1
2
DAC
MCLK
LRCK
BICK
6
CE
R2
1
LPF
16
OUTPUT
5
28
4
39
S43
S42
R1
29
IC441: LC78211
Analog Function Switch
ROUT1
MCLK
LRCK
BICK
15
30
2
LCOM3
VDD
VSS
VEE
RES
S
I/O
Selector
DATT
14
COMMON
16
DAC
63
4
Sense Amplifiers
Refresh
Control Clock
LPF
CL
1
L8
27
HPF
IC813~817 : M5220FP
PRE DRIVER
IC372: NJM79M12FA
Voltage Regulator
LOUT1
ADC
On Chip
VBB Generater
L2
L6
8
7 OUT2
+ –
L1
LCOM2
L7
Input
Buffers
8
VSS
CONTROL
COMMON
Column Decoders
D1
IC443: LC78212
Analog Function Switch
OUTPUT
9
8
9
INPUT
3
Column
Address
Buffers
Internal
Addess
Counter
RCOM4
OUT1 1
ZZ
9
A0~A8
R7
8
DQ1~DQ8
8
IC731~733: µPC4570C
Dual OP-Amp
LEVEL SHIFTER
LATCH
7
31
64
10
11
19
16
12
18
17
L7
LCOM4
VDD
VSS
VEE
RES
S
1
+Vcc
RCOM2
–IN2
R4
25
32
DI
IC371, 373: NJM7812FA
IC374: NJM7805FA
Voltage Regulator
26
6
8
Audio
I/F
G2
G1
VIN4
5
Output
Buffers
HPF
2
9
VIN3
L4
8
ADC
3
8
VCC
I/O
Controller
R3
LCOM2
RIN+
RIN-
I/O
Controller
29
G11
G10
7
VIN2
28
30
11
6
GND
UCAS
LIN+
LIN-
12
5
VIN1
29
Sudden Current
Protection
4
B
L3
14
LCAS
27
Driver
3
A
RCOM1
13
Overheat Protection
2
R2
28
27
OE
Timing
Generator
Starter Circuit
1
VIDEO
OUT
29
3
4
IC812: AK4527VQ
24bit CODEC
WE
Standard Voltage
2
2
+IN2
4 INPUT 1 OUTPUT
VIDEO SWITCH
CONTROL
L2
LCOM1
OUT2
DRIVER
RAS
–Vcc
6dB
AMP
R1
–IN1
IC301, 302, 351: LA7956
Video Switch
30
+IN1
1
L1
IC802: MSM514260C-60JS
4Mbit DRAM
IC446, 447: M5220L
Dual OP-Amp.
OUT1
■ IC BLOCK DIAGRAM
CONTROL
1
Q8
Q9
7
GND
E-53/J-49
E-54/J-50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (INPUT)
1
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
2SC1815
2SC2878
2SC1740S
DTA144ES
2SA1708
2SC4488
1SS133
1SS176
HZS11B2TD
MTZJ5.6B
23.7
24.3
NJM7805FA
NJM7812FA
S1VB20
Anode
NJM79M12FA
32.2
1P82
24.3
0
33.2
-24.8
–
Cathode
E
CB
M5220L
CB
E
LA7956
C
B
+
LC72722
µPC4570HA
~
~
2: COM
LC78212
8
9
2
1
1
-34.2
AC
50.7
1: COM
AC
33.8
21.3
15
30
1
1
2: IN
15
12
24
-0.1
-33.1
LC78211
LC78213
Point 1 Pin 12 of IC445
9
1: OUT
-0.1
1P82
3: OUT
3: IN
E-56/J-52
G6
E
-24.8
-24.2
12.0
21.2
0
12.1
21.1
5.1
0
-0.1
10.1
-0.1
0
-22.4
30
1
1
5.0
10.8
4.7
-22.3
C411
E-56/J-52
I2
0
AC
9.8
W401
E-56/J-52
C6
0.1
-12.0
0
3.8
3.8
11.7
3.8
0
3.8
4.8
0
3
6.3
CENTER
5.0
4.8
0
0
0
0
0
2.1
-11.9
0
11.9
2.0
-11.7
0
-11.9
0
0
0
0
-11.9
0
0
0
-11.9
4
0
-11.9
0
-11.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
-11.9
5.3
3.8
3.8
11.9
3.8
0
3.8
4.8
0
6.4
E-56/J-52
G5
0 0
0
0
0
-11.9
0
0
0
REAR L
-11.9
0
0
0
0
-11.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.7
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
C515
5.9
0
0
4.8
-11.7
R583
-11.9
470
0
0
0
0
0
0
-11.9
4.8
5.3
5.3
5.0
2.2/50
5.0
0
0
0
0
-24.2
0
E-56/J-52
C7
12.0
0 0 0
11.9
4.1
5.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
E-56/J-52
C6
INPUT SELECTOR
0
0
23.7
4.8
0
0
-11.9
0 0
0
5
0
-11.9
-11.9
-11.9
-11.9
0
0
0
0
-11.9
390
0
0
390
0
0
0
0
23.7
0
0
5.9
0
0
MAIN L
5.3
4.7
4.1
5.0
4.8
-11.9
0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.1
-24.2
3.8
3.8
11.9
3.8
0
3.8
4.8
0
0 0 0 0
0.1
0
6.4
0.1
0
-12.0
6
11.9
C369
6.4
5.7
6.4
6.4
6.9
10/25
7.4
0
0
12.0
12.0
0
0
7
-12.0
0 0 0
12.0
0
0
-12.0
0 0 0
0
0
-12.0
0 0 0
4.7
5.7
-11.9
-11.7
0.22/50
5.7
0
0
0
0
-11.9
-11.9
0
1.7
1
11.8
3.5
2.9
2.1
0 0
0
2.1
4.3
2.0
0
-11.9
4.7
0 0 0 0
11.8
4.7
1.8
2.1
0
2200P/16
0.01/16
0.01/16
8
x: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-56/J-52
G3
9
E-57/J-53
F1
E-56/J-52
A4
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be
replaced with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
E-55/J-51
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (OPERATION)
1
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.1
~
~
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
FL DISPLAY
~
4.8
~
4.8
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
FL DRIVER
4.8
~
~
~
4.8
~
~
0
-29.5
0
0
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.5
CENTER
-11.8
11.9
0
0
3.3/50
0
~
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
-29.1
0
2.5
2.5
4.8
5.2
0
0
0
2
~
E-55/J-51
F3
~
4.8
~
0
0
0
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
4.8
~
11.9
-21.7
-21.7
-21.7
-21.7
MAIN L
0
0 3.3/50
0
-11.8
11.9
0
0
4.8
2.7
4.8
1
0.5
10.7
0.7
0.4
1.8
1.8
10.7
0
0.5
0.7
-1.1
12.7
B
5.6
-51.1
5.2
0
0
0
0
-51.4
-52.6
0
4.8
12.7
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
-52.6
0.6
0
4.8
0
-51.4
-50.6
4.8
0
4.8
4.8
0
-50.6
4.8
0
4.8
0.6
0
0
0
0
4.8
820
E-58/J-54
G4
0
2.7
0.5
0
0
0.1
4.8
5.2
0.6
4.8
0
0
0
5.2
0
2.5
2.9
4.8
0
4.8
0
0 3.3/50
-11.8
0
4
18K
0
0
MAIN µ–COM
&4
18K
820
2
PRV
0
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.6
0
0.1
0
4.8
5.2
E-55/J-51
F8
4.8
4.8
0
4.8
0
11.9
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
3.3/50
0
E-55/J-51
B8
3
12.7
4.8
5.6
A
-52.0
12.0
7.3
5.2
-52.0
-51.4
0.6
-51.4
0.6
0
0.6
0.6
0
0
0
6.6
0.047F/5.5
-50.6
0
-51.4
-1.1
-50.6
-51.1
4.8
4.8
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
0
-50.9
0
2.7
0
0
0.3
0
0.6
E-55/J-51
I4
-50.9
RB441Q-40
0.5
0.5
0.6
33P/500
0
REAR L
E-58/J-54
A5
5
MAIN L
0
-50.6
-51.4
-1.1
-50.6
CENTER
MAIN L
4.0
HZS1B2
VN97600
MTZJ18C
VG44150
-51.1
HZS223
VP91450
12.0
0
12.0
5.0
0
-0.1
6
0
-0.1
0
0
3.3/50
E-55/J-51
H2
E-55/J-51
G3
E-55/J-51
C6
0.6
0.6
33P/500
0
0
-50.6
-1.1
-51.4
-50.6
x: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-55/J-51
K5
-51.1
0.1
0.1
-11.9
0
0
0
0
3.3/50
-11.9
13.3
7
0.6
39.1
0.6
0
13.8
0
IC902
0
Point 1 Pin 38 of IC902
-50.6
Point 2 emitter of Q910
and collector of Q911
UPD78F4218AGF-3BA
UPD78F4215A
-1.1
-51.4
-50.6
E-58/J-54
G5
-51.1
Q910 E
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
8
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be replaced
with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
9
2SA893A
2SC1890A
2SC2229
Q911 C
E-56/J-52
POWER ON
(Connect the power cord)
POWER OFF
(Disconnect the power cord)
E
CB
2SA933S
2SD1991A
DTC144ES
E
CB
2SB1565
BC
2SC4488
E
E
C
B
1SS133
HZS5B2TD
HZS5C2TD
HZS6B2TD
HZS7A2TD
HZS7B2TD
HZS12C2TD
HZS202TD
HZS242TD
Cathode
NJM78L05A-T3
µPC4570C
NJM2068L-D
LB1641
LC75725E
48
33
32
49
Anode
8
3: OUT
2: GND
10
8
4
1
1: IN
64
1
1
17
1
16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (DSP)
From INPUT (1)
1
E-00/J-00
D8
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
2SC3326
DTA144EK
1SS355
RB501V-40
PQ025EZ5MZP
µPC29M33T-E1
M5220FP
NJM2904M
TC74HC00AF
TC74HCU04AF
TC74VHCT08AF
Anode
C
MSM514260C-60JS
AK4527VQ
33
E
B
REGULATOR
4.5
0
0
14
0
0
4.5 4.5
4.5
12
13
7
3.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.3
1.3
4.5
0
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.3
0
1.3
0
1.3
3.3
3.3
3.4
0
3.4
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
2.1
~
3.1
0
2.1
~
~
3.4
~
1.1
~
~
~
~
-20.2
1.3
2.5
2.5
0.3
0
0
0
4.5
~
~
~
~
~
4.5
~
0
0
DSP/DOLBY/DTS
3.4
0
4.5
0
3.4
3.4
0
0
0
4.5
0
0
0
3.4
0
0.7
3.8
4
-20.2
3.4
~
~
0
0
1.2
0
2.1
~
40
11
0
~
1.1
12
1
1.2
3.1
1.7
5
44
MAIN L
0
2.1
0
1
0
0
3
1.4
7
14
4.5
3.4
~
DIGITAL OUT INHIBIT
0
1.3
22
1
2.4
3.4
0
4.5
1: OUT
4
1
1
20
4.5
2.4
2.5 4.4 4.5
2.5
2
2: COM
4.5
3.4
0
8
3: IN
Cathode
2.4
2.5
23
34
~
0
5.0
0
3.4
-20.2
0
4.5
0
1.7
0
3.8
3
0.1
4.5
DUTY
CORRECTOR
0
3.8
0
6
1
0.2
2
4
5
0
~
0.2
0.1
1.7
4.8
1.7
4.8
1.7
0
3.8
0
0
0
3.8
3.3
4.5
0
1
3.8
0
4.5
4.5
1.7
~
3.4
4.8
0
3.4
1.0
0
3.3
0
3.3
0
3.3
0
3.3
0
0
0
7
4.0
0
9 3.2
10 0
1.6
4
8
4.5
1.6
5
3
4.5
2
2.3
D/A CONVERTER
0
2.5
14
8
1
3.2
2.5
5.0
5
0
6
0
1.0
3.4
DIGITAL IN
4.5 14
1
2
4.5
0
2.5
0
2.5
~
2.5
0
2.5
0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0
21.3
5.0
7
2.5
21.3
6
2.5
5
1
2.5
2.5
1
0
2.5
8
2.5
2.5
4
-22.3
0
0 7
8
2
2.5
3
2.5
3
2.5
2
2.5
5
2.5
6
7
2.5
4
-22.3
2.5
0
0
MAIN L
0
4
2.5
~
0
3
0
2.5
0.7
5.0
0
1.7
5.0
0
0
2.5
0
8
0.3
2.5
3.4
9
0
1.7
0
6
2.9 2.9
2.5
5.0
5
2.4
0
5.0
6
CENTER
0
5.0
7
0
5.0
2.5
5.0
5.0
0
0
1.7
4.9
4.8
0
0
0
0
0.1
1.8
5.0
0
REAR L
0.1 3
21.3
8
2
0
CODEC
6
0.1
0.1
1
0.7
0.1
5
4
7
1.2
-22.3
0
7
-20.2
21.3
0.1
5
Point 1 Pin 1 of IC801
8
6
0
0
0
-20.2
0
-20.2
0
0
-20.2
0
-20.2
0
7
0.1
0.1
0
0
-20.2
0
2
0.1
3
0.1
4
1
0.1
-22.3
21.3
3
8
0.1
2
0.1
8
9
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be replaced
with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
6
0.1
5
0.1
1
0.7
4
7
0.1
-22.3
E-57/J-53
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (MAIN)
1
52.5
1.0
52.5
0.5
1.0
0.5
52.2
0
-0.4
0
0
-1.1
2
0
-0.5
0
-0.5
-1.1
-52.6
0
0
-52.6
0.1
MAIN L POWER AMP
0
52.5
0.1
52.5
1.0
3
0.5
0.1
0.5
1.0
52.2
0
0
0
-0.4
0
-1.1
0
-0.5
-0.5
26.9
0
13.8
0.5
-52.6
MAIN R POWER AMP
0.7
0
0.3
4
0.5
0
-52.6
POWER RELAY
0.3
MAIN L
E-56/J-52
G4
-1.1
52.5
-29.4
0.2
-36.1
52.5
0.5
52.2
1.0
0
12.8
12.8
-30.1
6.8
0.1
0
6.8
0
0.5
0.1
0.1
1.0
0
0
-0.4
0.8
0.1
AC
12.9
0
0
0
-0.5
0
E-56/J-52
C7
5
E-56/J-52
J5
-1.1
-0.5
0
-1.1
-52.6
0
-52.6
REAR L
52.6
(38.5)
REAR L POWER AMP
-52.7
(-38.5)
0
52.6
52.6
1.1
0.5
0.5
1.1
6
52.2
0
0
-0.4
0
-1.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0
0
0
0
AC
77.5
0
-0.5
AC
56.8
x: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
-0.5
-1.1
-52.6
0
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF
TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
-52.6
REAR R POWER AMP
7
27.4
14.3
1.4
14.3
1.4
2SA970
2SA1015
2SC1890
2SC1890A
2SC2240
2SA1708
2SC4488
52.6
52.6
1.0
0.5
0.5
E
1SS133
1SS270A
1T2
HZS5B2TD
HZS12B2TD
HZS302TD
2SC1740S
0.7
52.2
0
1.0
0
0
-0.4
35.8
35.8
0
-51.1
-1.1
0
E
-0.1
0
0
-0.5
-1.1
8
CENTER
E-58/J-54
C
B
Anode
CB
2SD2396
Cathode
0
S1VB20
-0.5
-52.6
0
-52.6
CENTER POWER AMP
9
E
CB
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be replaced
with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
BC
VOLTAGE SELECTOR
240V
1-2/5-6
220V
2-3/6-7
110V
3-4/7-8
120V
4-5/8-1
E
–
2SA1695
2SC4468
+
~
~
S5VB20
~
B
CE
–
~
+
~
PARTS LIST
■ ELECTRICAL PARTS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ WARNING
Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be
replaced with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
● Carbon resistors (1/6W or 1/4W) are not included in the ELECTRICAL
PARTS List. For the parts No. of the carbon resistors, refer to last page.
ABBREVIATIONS IN THIS LIST ARE AS FOLLOWS:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
CHIP ALUMI.ELECTROLYTIC CAP
CERAMIC CAP
CERAMIC CAP ARRAY
CHIP CERAMIC CAP
MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAP
CHIP MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAP
RECOGNIZED CERAMIC CAP
CERAMIC TUBULAR CAP
SEMI CONDUCTIVE CERAMIC CAP
ELECTROLYTIC CAP
MICA CAP
MULTILAYER FILM CAP
METALLIZED PAPER CAP
MYLAR FILM CAP
MULTILAYER MYLAR FILM CAP
PAPER CAPACITOR
POLYSTYRENE FILM CAP
POLYESTER FILM CAP
POLYETHYLENE FILM CAP
POLYPROPYLENE FILM CAP
TANTALUM CAP
CHIP TANTALUM CAP
TRIMMER CAP
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR,BASE PIN
CONNECTOR,CANNON
CONNECTOR,DIN
CONNECTOR,FLAT CABLE
CONNECTOR,BASE POST
COIL,AM MIX
COIL,FM ANTENNA
COIL,FM DETECT
COIL,FM MIX
OUTPUT COIL
DIODE ARRAY
DIODE BRIDGE
CHIP DIODE
SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE
VARACTOR DIODE
CHIP ZENER DIODE
ZENER DIODE
CERAMIC DISCRIMINATOR
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE CORE
CHIP FET
FLUORESCENT DISPLAY
CERAMIC FILTER
COMB FILTER MODULE
LC FILTER,EMI
GROUND PLATE
GROUND TERMINAL
FUSE HOLDER
IC PROTECTOR
JUMPER CONNECTOR
JUMPER,TEST POINT
LIGHT DETECTING MODULE
L.EMIT
LED.DSPLY
LED.INFRD
MODUL.RF
PHOT.CPL
PHOT.INTR
PHOT.RFLCT
PIN.TEST
PLST.RIVET
R.ARRAY
R.CAR.
R.CAR.CHP
R.CAR.FP
R.FUS
R.MTL.CHP
R.MTL.FLM
R.MTL.OXD
R.MTL.PLAT
RSNR.CE
RSNR.CRYS
R.TW.CEM
R.WW
SCR.BND.HD
SCR.BW.HD
SCR.CUP
SCR.TERM
SCR.TR
SUPRT.PCB
SURG.PRTCT
SW.TACT
SW.LEAF
SW.LEVER
SW.MICRO
SW.PUSH
SW.RT.ENC
SW.RT.MTR
SW.RT
SW.SLIDE
TERM.SP
TERM.WRAP
THRMST.CHP
TR.CHP
TR.DGT
TR.DGT.CHP
TRANS
TRANS.PULS
TRANS.PWR
TUNER.AM
TUNER.FM
TUNER.PK
VR
VR.MTR
VR.SW
VR.SLIDE
VR.TRIM
Note) Those parts marked with “#” are not included in the P.C.B. ass’y.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
LIGHT EMITTING MODULE
LED DISPLAY
LED,INFRARED
MODULATOR,RF
PHOTO COUPLER
PHOTO INTERRUPTER
PHOTO REFLECTOR
PIN,TEST POINT
PLASTIC RIVET
RESISTOR ARRAY
CARBON RESISTOR
CHIP RESISTOR
FLAME PROOF CARBON RESISTOR
FUSABLE RESISTOR
CHIP METAL FILM RESISTOR
METAL FILM RESISTOR
METAL OXIDE FILM RESISTOR
METAL PLATE RESISTOR
CERAMIC RESONATOR
CRYSTAL RESONATOR
TWIN CEMENT FIXED RESISTOR
WIRE WOUND RESISTOR
BIND HEAD B-TITE SCREW
BW HEAD TAPPING SCREW
CUP TITE SCREW
SCREW TERMINAL
SCREW,TRANSISTOR
SUPPORT,P.C.B.
SURGE PROTECTOR
TACT SWITCH
LEAF SWITCH
LEVER SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH
PUSH SWITCH
ROTARY ENCODER
ROTARY SWITCH WITH MOTOR
ROTARY SWITCH
SLIDE SWITCH
SPEAKER TERMINAL
WRAPPING TERMINAL
CHIP THERMISTOR
CHIP TRANSISTOR
DIGITAL TRANSISTOR
CHIP DIGITAL TRANSISTOR
TRANSFORMER
PULSE TRANSFORMER
POWER TRANSFORMER ASS’Y
TUNER PACK,AM
TUNER PACK,FM
FRONT-END TUNER PACK
ROTARY POTENTIOMETER
POTENTIOMETER WITH MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER WITH ROTARY SW
SLIDE POTENTIOMETER
TRIMMER POTENTIOMETER
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
C.A.EL.CHP
C.CE
C.CE.ARRAY
C.CE.CHP
C.CE.ML
C.CE.M.CHP
C.CE.SAFTY
C.CE.TUBLR
C.CE.SMI
C.EL
C.MICA
C.ML.FLM
C.MP
C.MYLAR
C.MYLAR.ML
C.PAPER
C.PLS
C.POL
C.POLY
C.PP
C.TNTL
C.TNTL.CHP
C.TRIM
CN
CN.BS.PIN
CN.CANNON
CN.DIN
CN.FLAT
CN.POST
COIL.MX.AM
COIL.AT.FM
COIL.DT.FM
COIL.MX.FM
COIL,OUTPT
DIOD.ARRAY
DIODE.BRG
DIODE.CHP
DIODE.SHOT
DIODE.VAR
DIOD.Z.CHP
DIODE.ZENR
DSCR.CE
FER.BEAD
FER.CORE
FET.CHP
FL.DSPLY
FLTR.CE
FLTR.COMB
FLTR.LC.RF
GND.MTL
GND.TERM
HOLDER.FUS
IC.PRTCT
JUMPER.CN
JUMPER.TST
L.DTCT
59
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
P.C.B. INPUT
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
*
*
*
Schm
Ref. PART NO.
V7261400
V7261500
V7261600
CB301 Vi878500
CB351 Vi878700
CB352 Vi878500
CB353 VQ044300
CB371 VQ963400
CB372 Vi878700
CB401 Vi878700
CB421 Vi878900
CB441 VP682300
CB442 VP682200
CB443 VQ047800
CB444 Vi878900
CB445 VQ048600
CB446 VM689000
CB447 VM859600
CB448 VB390400
CB450 VP127700
CB451 VB389900
CB452 Vi878700
C301
UR847100
C302
UR847100
C303
UR847100
C304
VF467000
C305
UR829100
C306
UR829100
C307
UR847100
C308
VF466800
C309
VF466800
C310
UR847100
C311
UR847100
C312
VF467000
C313
VF466800
C314
VF466800
C315
UR837330
C316
UR837330
C317
UR847100
C318
UR847100
C319
UR838330
C320
UR847100
C321
UR847100
C351
UR847100
C352
VF467000
C353
UR847100
C354
UR847100
C355
UR829100
C356
VF466800
C357
VF466800
C358
UR829100
C359
UR847100
C360
UR838330
C369
UR847100
C371
UR857470
C372
UR857470
C373
UR838100
C374
UR838100
C375
UR867470
C376
UR867470
C377
UR847470
C378
UR838100
C379
UR847470
✻ New Parts
60
Description
P.C.B.
INPUT
P.C.B.
INPUT
P.C.B.
INPUT
CN.BS.PIN
7P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
CN.BS.PIN
7P
CN.BS.PIN
7P
CN.BS.PIN
13P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
CN.BS.PIN
11P
CN.BS.PIN
8P
CN.BS.PIN
8P
CN.BS.PIN
27P
CN.BS.PIN
11P
CN
37P TE
CN.BS.PIN
23P
CN.BS.PIN
15P
CN.BS.PIN
8P
CN
24P
CN.BS.PIN
3P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
1000pF
C.EL
1000uF
C.EL
1000uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
1000pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.EL
33uF
C.EL
33uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
330uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
1000pF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
1000uF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.EL
1000uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
330uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
47uF
Markets
UCAL
RT
BG
25V
25V
25V
50V
10V
10V
25V
50V
50V
25V
25V
50V
50V
50V
16V
16V
25V
25V
16V
25V
25V
25V
50V
25V
25V
10V
50V
50V
10V
25V
16V
25V
35V
35V
16V
16V
50V
50V
25V
16V
25V
Schm
Ref.
C380
C381
C382
C401
C402
C403
C404
C405
C406
C407
C408
C409
C410
C411
C412
C421
C422
C423
C424
C425
C426
C427
C441
C442
C443
C444
C445
C446
C447
C448
C449
C450
C451
C452
C453
C454
C455
C456
C457
C458
C459
C462
C463
C464
C465
C466
C467
C468
C469
C470
C471
C472
C473
C474
C475
C476
C477
C478
C479
C480
C481
C482
C483
PART NO.
UR838100
UR847470
UR847470
UR868330
VS745400
UR868330
VS745400
UR749680
VS745400
UR749220
VS745400
VS745400
UR73A100
VJ599100
VJ599100
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VF467300
UA652100
UA652100
VR325000
VR325000
UA652100
UA652100
FG651470
FG651470
UA652100
UA652100
UA652100
UA652100
VF466800
VF466800
VF466700
VF466700
VF467300
UA655220
VF467300
UR837220
UR847100
UR837470
UR837470
UR847100
UR837220
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
VJ599100
VJ599100
UA652100
UA652100
UA654270
UA654270
UR847100
UA652100
UA652100
UR847100
✻ New Parts
Description
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
330uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
330uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
6800uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
2200uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
10000uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.01uF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.CE
47pF
C.CE
47pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
47pF
C.CE.TUBLR
47pF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.01uF
C.MYLAR
0.22uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.01uF
C.EL
22uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
22uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
0.027uF
C.MYLAR
0.027uF
C.EL
10uF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.EL
10uF
Markets
16V
25V
25V
50V
100V
50V
100V
25V
100V
25V
100V
100V
16V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
16V
50V
50V
100V
100V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
16V
50V
16V
16V
25V
16V
16V
25V
16V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
25V
50V
50V
25V
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
SERVICE MANUAL
VOLUME
RX-V520RDS
D I G I TA L
RDS MODE/FREQ
EON
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
ON
TUNING
MODE
OFF
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
IMPORTANT NOTICE
This manual has been provided for the use of authorized YAMAHA Retailers and their service personnel.
It has been assumed that basic service procedures inherent to the industry, and more specifically YAMAHA Products, are already
known and understood by the users, and have therefore not been restated.
WARNING:
Failure to follow appropriate service and safety procedures when servicing this product may result in personal
injury, destruction of expensive components, and failure of the product to perform as specified. For these reasons,
we advise all YAMAHA product owners that any service required should be performed by an authorized
YAMAHA Retailer or the appointed service representative.
IMPORTANT: The presentation or sale of this manual to any individual or firm does not constitute authorization, certification or
recognition of any applicable technical capabilities, or establish a principle-agent relationship of any form.
The data provided is believed to be accurate and applicable to the unit(s) indicated on the cover. The research, engineering, and
service departments of YAMAHA are continually striving to improve YAMAHA products. Modifications are, therefore, inevitable
and specifications are subject to change without notice or obligation to retrofit. Should any discrepancy appear to exist, please
contact the distributor's Service Division.
WARNING:
Static discharges can destroy expensive components. Discharge any static electricity your body may have
accumulated by grounding yourself to the ground buss in the unit (heavy gauge black wires connect to this buss).
IMPORTANT: Turn the unit OFF during disassembly and part replacement. Recheck all work before you apply power to the unit.
■ CONTENTS
TO SERVICE PERSONNEL .......................................... 1
IMPEDANCE SELECTOR ............................................. 1
FRONT PANELS ............................................................ 2
REAR PANELS .......................................................... 3~4
SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................... 5
INTERNAL VIEW ........................................................... 6
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES ................................... 7
SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION (DIAG) ................... 8~24
AMP ADJUSTMENTS .................................................. 24
DISPLAY DATA ..................................................... 25~26
IC DATA ................................................................. 27~32
BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................. 33~36
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD .................................. 37~52
IC BLOCK DIAGRAM ............................................ 53~54
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ........................................ 55~58
PARTS LIST ........................................................... 59~73
REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER .................. 74~76
100755
P.O.Box 1, Hamamatsu, Japan
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
SILENT
VIDEO
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ TO SERVICE PERSONNEL
1. Critical Components Information
Components having special characteristics are marked s
and must be replaced with parts having specifications equal
to those originally installed.
WALL
OUTLET
2. Leakage Current Measurement (For 120V Models Only)
When service has been completed, it is imperative to verify
that all exposed conductive surfaces are properly insulated
from supply circuits.
●
Meter impedance should be equivalent to 1500 ohm shunted
by 0.15µF.
●
Leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA.
●
Be sure to test for leakage with the AC plug in both polarities.
EQUIPMENT
UNDER TEST
AC LEAKAGE
TESTER OR
EQUIVALENT
INSULATING
TABLE
WARNING: CHEMICAL CONTENT NOTICE!
The solder used in the production of this product contains LEAD. In addition, other electrical/electronic and /or plastic
(where applicable) components may also contain traces of chemicals found by the California Health and Welfare Agency
(and possibly other entities) to cause cancer and/or birth defects or other reproductive harm.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
DO NOT PLACE SOLDER, ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC OR PLASTIC COMPONENTS IN YOUR MOUTH FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER!
Avoid prolonged, unprotected contact between solder and your skin! When soldering, do not inhale solder fumes or expose
eyes to solder/flux vapor!
If you come in contact with solder or components located inside the enclosure of this product, wash your hands before
handling food.
IMPEDANCE SELECTOR
435 (17-1/8")
Unit : mm (inch)
21
(13/16")
130 (5-1/8")
WARNING:
Do not change the IMPEDANCE SELECTOR
switch setting while the power to this unit is
on, otherwise this unit may be damaged.
1
389.8 (15-3/8")
16
(5/8")
352.5 (13-7/8")
21.3
(13/16")
• DIMENSIONS
151 (5-15/16")
■ IMPEDANCE SELECTOR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ FRONT PANELS
RX-V520 (U, C, A, L, R, T models)
VOLUME
RX-V520
D I G I TA L
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
TUNING
MODE
OFF
ON
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
SILENT
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
RX-V520RDS (B, G models)
VOLUME
RX-V520RDS
D I G I TA L
RDS MODE/FREQ
EON
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
INPUT MODE
BASS
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
TUNING
MODE
OFF
ON
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
SILENT
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
HTR-5450 (U, C, A, R, T models)
VOLUME
HTR-5450
D I G I TA L
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
ON
TUNING
MODE
OFF
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
S VIDEO
SILENT
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
HTR-5450RDS (G model)
VOLUME
HTR-5450RDS
D I G I TA L
RDS MODE/FREQ
EON
D I G I TA L
SURROUND
STANDBY
/ON
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
INPUT MODE
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
PRESET
/TUNING
SPEAKERS
A
B
6CH INPUT
FM/AM
INPUT
EFFECT
PROGRAM
PRESET/TUNING
A/B/C/D/E
EDIT
MEMORY
–
+
–
+
L
R
ON
TUNING
MODE
OFF
MAN'L/AUTO FM AUTO/MAN'L MONO
PHONES
SILENT
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
AUDIO R
OPTICAL
VIDEO AUX
2
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ REAR PANELS
U model
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
C model
A model
B model
3
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
G model
L model
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
R, T model
4
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ SPECIFICATIONS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ Audio Section
Minimum RMS Output Power (Power Amp. Section)
(20 Hz to 20 kHz, 0.06% THD, 8 ohms)
MAIN
[U, C models] ............................................................ 80W + 80W
[A, B, G, L, R, T models] ........................................... 70W + 70W
CENTER
[U, C models] ....................................................................... 80W
[A, B, G, L, R, T models] ...................................................... 70W
REAR
[U, C models] ............................................................ 80W + 80W
[A, B, G, L, R, T models] ........................................... 70W + 70W
Maximum Power (EIAJ) [R, T models]
(1 kHz, 10% THD, 8 ohms)
MAIN ....................................................................... 100W + 100W
CENTER ............................................................................... 100W
REAR ...................................................................... 100W + 100W
Dynamic Power Per Channel (IHF)
MAIN L/R (8/6/4/2 ohms)
[U model] ........................................................ 105/125/145/165 W
[C, A, B, G, L, R, T models] ............................. 95/115/135/155 W
DIN Standard Output Power Per Channel
MAIN L/R (1 kHz, 0.7% THD, 4 ohms)
[G model] ................................................................. 105W + 105W
Dynamic Headroom
8 ohms
[U, C models] .................................................................... 1.18 dB
IEC Power
MAIN L/R (1 kHz, 0.06% THD, 8 ohms)
[G model] ..................................................................... 75W + 75W
Damping Factor
MAIN L/R (20 Hz to 20 kHz, 8 ohms) .......................... 60 or more
Input Sensitivity / Input Impedance
CD, etc. ......................................................... 150 mV / 47 k-ohms
EXT. DECODER
MAIN L/R ................................................... 150 mV / 47 k-ohms
CENTER, SURROUND L/R, SUBWOOFER ... 150 mV / 40 k-ohms
Maximum Input Signal Level
CD, etc. (1 kHz, 0.5% THD, Effect On) ................................ 2.2 V
Output Level / Output Impedance
REC OUT ..................................................... 150 mV / 1.2 k-ohms
SUB WOOFER [MAIN SP: Small] ...................... 4 V/1.2 k-ohms
Headphone Jack Rated Output / Impedance
1 kHz, 150 mV, 8 ohms ................................... 0.49 V / 390 ohms
Frequency Response
CD, etc. to MAIN (20 Hz to 20 kHz) ............................. 0 ± 0.5 dB
Total Harmonic Distortion
(20 Hz to 20 kHz, 35 W / 8 ohms)
CD, etc. (EFFECT OFF) to MAIN SP OUT ........... 0.025% or less
Signal to Noise Ratio (IHF-A network)
CD, etc. (Input shorted, Effect Off) to MAIN SP OUT
150 mV .................................................................... 96 dB or more
250 mV .................................................................. 100 dB or more
Residual Noise (IHF-A netwok)
MAIN L/R SP OUT ................................................. 150 µV or less
Channnel Separation
(Vol -30 dB, Effect Off)
CD, etc. (Input 5.1 k-ohms terminated, 1 kHz) ............. 60 dB or more
CD, etc. (Input 5.1 k-ohms terminated, 10 kHz) ........... 45 dB or more
Tone Control Characteristics
Bass: Boost/Cut ................................................ ±10 dB (50 Hz)
Turnover Frequency ............................................ 350 Hz
Treble: Boost/Cut .............................................. ±10 dB (20 kHz)
Turnover Frequency ........................................... 3.5 kHz
Filter Characteristics
MAIN, Rear SP Small (H.P.F.) .......................... 90 Hz, 12 dB/oct.
SUBWOOFER (L.P.F.) ...................................... 90 Hz, 18 dB/oct.
■ Video Section
Video Signal Type
[U, C, R, T models] .............................................................. NTSC
[A, B, G, L, models] ................................................................. PAL
Video Signal Level
............................................................................ 1 Vp-p / 75 ohms
S-Video Signal Level
Y ......................................................................... 1 Vp-p / 75 ohms
C .................................................................. 0.286 Vp-p / 75 ohms
Maximum Input Level
.......................................................................................... 1.5 Vp-p
Signal to Noise Ratio
................................................................................. 50 dB or more
5
Monitor Out Frequency Response
S-Video Signal Level ................................. 5 Hz to 10 MHz, -3 dB
■ FM Section
Tuning Range
[U, C models] ................................................... 87.5 to 107.9 MHz
[A, B, G, L models] ........................................... 87.5 to 108.0 MHz
[R, T models] ....................... 87.5 to 108.0 / 87.50 to 108.00 MHz
50 dB Quieting Sensitivity (IHF)
(100% Mod)
Mono .................................................................. 2.0 µV (17.3 dBf)
Stereo .................................................................. 25 µV (39.2 dBf)
Usable Sensitivity (IHF)
Mono .................................................................. 1.0 µV (11.2 dBf)
Selectivity
at 400 kHz ............................................................................ 70 dB
Signal to Noise Ratio (IHF)
Mono / Stereo .......................................................... 76 dB / 70 dB
Harmonic Distortion
(1 kHz)
Mono/Stereo ................................................................. 0.2 / 0.3 %
Stereo Separation
1 kHz .................................................................................... 45 dB
Frequency Response
20 Hz to 15 kHz .......................................................... +0.5 / -2 dB
Antenna Input
...................................................................... 75 ohms unbalanced
■ AM Section
Tuning Range
[U, C models] ..................................................... 530 to 1,710 kHz
[A, B, G, L models] ............................................. 531 to 1,611 kHz
[R, T models] .............................. 530 to 1,710 / 531 to 1,611 kHz
Usable Sensitivity
........................................................................................ 300 µV/m
Antenna
................................................................................. Loop Antenna
■ General
Power Supply
[U, C models] ...................................................... AC 120 V, 60 Hz
[R, T models] ............................ AC 110/120/220/240 V, 50/60 Hz
[A model ] ............................................................ AC 240 V, 50 Hz
[B, G, L models] .................................................. AC 230 V, 50 Hz
Power Consumption
[U model] ............................................................................. 240 W
[C model] .............................................................. 250 W / 320 VA
[R, T, A, B, G, L models] ..................................................... 250 W
Maximum Power Consumption
(5ch Drive, 10% THD)
[R model] ............................................................................. 500 W
AC Outlets
2 switched outlets
[U, C, G, L models] .......................................... 100W max., total
[R, T models] ...................................................... 50W max., total
1 switched outlet
[A, B models] ............................................................. 100W max.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
...................... 435 x 151 x 390 mm (17-1/8" x 5-15/16" x 15-3/8")
Weight
.................................................................... 10.0 kg (22 lbs. 1 oz.)
Accessories
Remote control transmitter, Manganese batteries, Indoor FM
antenna, AM loop antenna
* Specifications are subject to change without notice due to product
improvements.
U ..........
A ..........
G ..........
R ..........
U.S.A. model
Australian model
European model
General model
C ...... Canadian model
B ...... British model
L ....... Singapore model
T ....... China model
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. "Dolby", "AC3", "Pro Logic", and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. © 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US
Pat. No. 5,451,942 and other world-wide patents issued and pending.
"DTS", "DTS Digital Surround", are trademarks of Digital Theater
Systems, Inc. copyright 1996 Digital Theater Systems, inc. All rights
reserved.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Set Menu Table
No.
SET MENU
1.
SPEAKER SET
CENTER SPEAKER
MAIN SPEAKER
REAR L/R SPEAKER
LFE/BASS OUT
MAIN LEVEL
HP TONE CTRL
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
2.
3.
3A
3B
3C
4.
5.
5A
5B
6.
COAXIAL IN
INPUT MODE
DOLBY DIGITAL SET
LFE LEVEL
DYNAMIC RANGE
DTS SET
LFE LEVEL
SPEAKER DELAY TIME
DISPLAY SET
MEMORY GUARD
■ INTERNAL VIEW
1 MAIN (2) P.C.B.
2 MAIN (7) P.C.B.
3 MAIN (5) P.C.B.
4 MAIN (8) P.C.B.
5 MAIN (4) P.C.B.
6 INPUT (3) P.C.B.
7 INPUT (2) P.C.B.
8 INPUT (6) P.C.B.
9 DSP P.C.B.
0 OPERATION (4) P.C.B.
A INPUT (1) P.C.B.
B OPERATION (3) P.C.B.
C INPUT (4) P.C.B.
D MAIN (1) P.C.B.
E MAIN (6) P.C.B.
F INPUT (5) P.C.B.
G OPERATION (8) P.C.B.
H OPERATION (7) P.C.B.
I OPERATION (6) P.C.B.
J OPERATION (1) P.C.B.
K OPERATION (2) P.C.B.
SETTING RANGES
LARGE
LARGE
LARGE
BOTH
NORMAL
BASS : 0dB
TREBLE : 0dB
LARGE/SMALL/NONE
LARGE/SMALL
LARGE/SMALL/NONE
SUBWOOFER/MAIN/BOTH
NORMAL/–10dB
–6dB — +3dB (1dB step)
–6dB — +3dB
(1) : MD/CD-R
(2) : MD/CD-R
(3) : DVD
(4) : D-TV/CBL
(5) : CD
DVD : AUTO
DVD, MD/CD-R, D-TV/CBL, VCR, V-AUX, AUX, CD
CD, MD/CD-R, DVD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, AUX
CD, DVD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, AUX
CD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, AUX
CD, MD/CD-R, DVD, D-TV/CBL, VCR, V-AUX, AUX
AUTO/LAST
SPEAKER : 0dB
SPEAKER : MAX
–20dB — 0dB
MAX/STD/MIN
SPEAKER : 0dB
CENTER : 0ms
DIMMER : 0
OFF
–10dB — +10dB
0ms — 5ms (1ms step)
–4 — 0
ON/OFF
1 2 3 4
G F
H
I
E
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
7.
8.
9.
I/O ASSIGNING
OPTICAL OUT
OPTICAL IN
PRESET VALUE
5
D
67
C
J
B
8
9
A 0
K
YAMAHA
6
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
(Remove parts in the order as numbered.)
Disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet.
1. Removal of Top Cover (Fig. 1)
a. Remove 4 screws (1) and 4 screws (2).
b. Slide the Top Cover rearward to remove it.
2.
a.
b.
c.
Removal of Front Panel (Fig. 1)
Remove the VOLUME control knob.
Remove 8 screws (3) and 1 screw (4).
Remove the Front Panel forward while releasing 2
claws at the bottom.
Top Cover
1
2
Sub Chassis
3
5
5
3. Removal of Sub Chassis (Fig. 1)
Remove 4 screws (5) and then remove the Sub
Chassis forward.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
4. Removal of DSP P.C.B. (Fig. 2)
a. Remove 6 screws (6) and 5 screws (7).
b. Remove the DSP P.C.B. upward together with the
Shield Case.
5. Removal of MAIN (4) P.C.B. (Fig. 2)
Remove 2 screws (8). The Main (4) P.C.B. can then be
removed.
6. Removal of MAIN (1) P.C.B.
a. Remove 5 screws (7), 2 screws (8), 2 screws (9) and
11 screws (0). (Fig. 2)
b. Remove 2 screws (A) and 1 screw (B). (Fig. 3)
c. To check the MAIN (1) P.C.B., spread a rubber sheet
and a cloth over it. Then place the MAIN (1) P.C.B.
upside down on the cloth for checking it. (Fig. 4)
1
5
4
Claw
3
Front panel
Fig. 1
Sheild case
(DSP P.C.B.)
MAIN (4) P.C.B.
6
6
6
Note:
When DSP P.C.B., MAIN (4) P.C.B. and MAIN (1)
P.C.B. have been removed from the chassis, the
ground connection becomes open. Connect the ground
of each P.C.B. to the chassis by using a lead wire.
A
B MAIN (1) P.C.B.
0
0
9
8
0
00
7
Fig. 2
Cloth
Rubber sheet
MAIN (1) P.C.B.
Fig. 3
7
Fig. 4
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION (DIAG)
There are 14 DIAG menu items each of which has sub-menu items. Listed in the table below are menu items and sub-menu
items.
No DIAG menu
1 DSP THROUGH
FRONT CH
3
4
5
RAM THROUGH
PRO LOGIC
MARGIN CHECK
6
MAIN MIX
7
8
OTHER INPUT
DISPLAY CHECK
9
MANUAL TEST
10 PRESET
11 AD DATA CHECK
12 IF STATUS
13 DSP RAM CHECK
14 VERSION/CHECK SUM/PORT
Remote control code (key)
7A-88 (PRG 1)
7A-89 (PRG 2)
7A-8A (PRG 3)
–
–
7A-8B (PRG 4)
7A-8C (PRG 5)
7A-10 (PRESET+)
7A-8D (PRG 6)
7A-11 (PRESET-)
7A-12 (P. PAGE)
7A-0C (CD FW)
7A-00 (TAPE PLAY)
7A-8E (PRG 7)
7A-8F (PRG 8)
7A-01 (TAPE RW)
7A-02 (TAPE FW)
–
7A-03 (TAPE STOP)
–
7A-90 (PRG 9)
7A-04 (TAPE PAUSE)
7A-05 (TAPE MUTE)
7A-06 (TAPE A/B)
7A-07 (TAPE DIR A)
7A-08 (CD PLAY)
7A-09 (CD STOP)
–
7A-57 (SLEEP)
7A-0B (CD SKIP-)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7A-0A (CD SKIP+)
7A-0D (CD REW)
–
–
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
2
sub-menu
1. ANALOG BYPASS
2. M, C, R, SW CH
3. Main HPF
4. FULL BIT
5. FULL BIT F
1. FRONT NORMAL
2. FRONT MIX
RAM 0dB (2ch/Multi)
YSS928
1. MAIN 3dB Margin
2. MAIN 12dB Margin
3. MAIN 18dB Margin
1. CENTER -> MAIN
2. SW -> MAIN
EXTERNAL DECODER
1. VFD DISP OFF (All segments OFF)
2. VFD DISP ALL (All segments ON 100%)
3. VFD DIMMER (All segments ON 50%)
4. CHECKED PATTERN1 (ON in lattice)
5. CHECKED PATTERN2 (ON in lattice)
1. TEST ALL
2. TEST MAIN L
3. TEST CENTER
4. TEST MAIN R
5. TEST REAR R
6. TEST REAR L
7. TEST LFE
1. PRESET INHIBIT (memory initialization inhibited)
2. PRESET RESERVED (memory initialized)
1. DC/PS (protection)
2. IMP/PL (impedance/power limiter)
3. 0/1/2 (panel key)
1. IST (internal status)
2. CS1 (channel status 1)
3. CS2 (channel status 2)
4. CS3 (channel status 3)
5. CS4 (channel status 4)
6. CS5 (channel status 5)
7. BI1 (BSI-DD 1)
8. BI2 (BSI-DD 2)
9. BI3 (BSI-DD 3)
10. BI4 (BSI-DD 4)
11. BS1 (BSI-DTS 1)
12. BS2 (BSI-DTS 2)
13. BS3 (BSI-DTS 3)
14. BS4 (BSI-DTS 4)
15. YS1 (YSS928-1)
16. YS2 (YSS928-2)
17. YS3 (YSS928-3)
BUS CHECK
1. VER. (Version information)
2. 1/2 (Checksum 1/2)
3. PORT (Port check)
8
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Starting DIAG
Press the “POWER ” (STANDBY/ON) key of the main unit while pressing the
“FM/AM ” key and the “INPUT MODE ” key simultaneously, and DIAG will be
activated.
• Starting DIAG in the protection cancel mode
If the protection function activates and causes hindrance to trouble diagnosis,
disable the protection function as described below, and it will be possible to enter
the DIAG mode. (The protection function other than the excess current detect
function will be disabled.)
Keys of main unit
FM/AM
INPUT MODE
Turn on the power while
pressing these keys.
Press the “POWER" (STANDBY/ON) key while pressing the “FM/AM" key and
the “INPUT MODE" key simultaneously. At this time, keep pressing the “FM/AM"
key and the “INPUT MODE" for 3 seconds or longer.
In this mode, “SLEEP” in the FL display of the main unit flashes.
CAUTION!
Using this product with the protection function disabled may cause damage to itself. Use special care for this point when
using this mode.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Canceling DIAG
Turn off the power by pressing the “POWER” (STANDBY/ON) key of the main unit or the “STANDBY” key of the remote
control unit.
CAUTION: When canceling this function, check that DIAG menu No.10 PRESET (memory initialization inhibited/reserved)
has been set. [To keep the user memory, be sure to select “INHI” (initialization inhibited) from the No.10 PRESET menu
before canceling the DIAG function.]
• Display at the start of DIAG
On the FL display of the main unit, an opening message (including the version and the protection history) appears for a few
seconds followed by the diagnostic menu display of 1. ANALOG BYPAS.
Opening message
When there is no
protection history (*1)
DIAG menu display
Version (1 alphabet)
After a few
seconds
(*1) If a protection function history has been recorded, the type of the protection function and the voltage value recorded last
are displayed.
If the protection function activates after DIAG has been started and the power is turned off;
When the protection function (*2) activates, the protection function history appears on the display and the power turns off.
Repair the faulty parts according to the displayed history.
(*2) When an excess current or any other faulty condition is found with the power source, DC, etc., the protection function
forces the power to turn off.
I PROTECT display
(When the power is turned on without this abnormality corrected, the protection
function activates the moment the power relay is turned on to shut off the power relay.
The display will not light.)
Cause: There is an abnormal current flow to the power amplifier.
Supplementary information: As the current of the power transistor of each channel
is detected, the abnormal channel can be identified by checking the current detect
transistor.
9
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
PS PRT display
(When the power is turned on without this abnormality corrected, the protection
function activates about 1 second later to shut off the power relay. Display may not
light if there is an abnormality with the power supply for the display.)
Cause: There is an abnormality in the power supply section (voltage).
Supplementary information: As the power from the following sources is detected, it
is possible to determine where an abnormality exists.
Main (5): Transformer secondary winding
CB222 (AC voltage)
Input (4): Regulated power supplies
±25, +12A, +12B, -12, +5D
DC PRT display
(When the power is turned on without this abnormality corrected, the protection
function activates about 3 seconds later to shut off the power relay.)
Cause: A DC output from the power amplifier of any channel is detected.
Besides the above possible causes, the cause may be a disconnected connector or around the CPU.
PS PRT and DC PRT displays include the abnormal A/D value in % (voltage value obtained by considering 5V as 100%).
Concerning this value, refer to DIAG menu No.11 AD DATA CHECK.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Protection history
When the protection function has activated, its history is stored in memory with a memory backup. Even when no
abnormality is noted while the unit is being serviced, an abnormality which has occurred previously can be defined as
long as the backup data has been stored. The protection history should always be cleared before returning the unit
from service.
The protection history is cleared when DIAG is cancelled by selecting "RSRV" (Memory initialization) from the setting
items of the DIAG menu No.10 PRESET or when the backup data is erased.
• Operation procedure of DIAG menu and SUB-MENU
There are 14 MENU items and some SUB-MENU items as well.
DIAG menu selection
Main unit: Select the menu using ∞ (Forward) and § (Reverse) keys of
PROGRAM.
Remote control unit: Select the menu using
(Forward) and
(Reverse) keys.
PROGRAM
DIAG menu selection
PRESET/TUNING
SUB-MENU selection
SUB-MENU selection
Main unit: Select the sub-menu using ∞ (Forward) and § (Reverse) keys of
PRESET/TUNING.
Remote control unit: Select the sub-menu using
(Forward) and
(Reverse)
keys.
Use these keys for
DIAG menu selection.
* Only the remote control keys indicated in the MENU List can be used to select
a sub-menu directly.
• Functions available during DIAG
Use these keys for
SUB-MENU selection.
In addition to the DIAG menu, functions as listed below are available.
• Input selection, 6CH input
• Center/Rear/Sub-woofer level adjustment
• Muting
• Power on/off operation
* Functions related to the tuner and the set menu are not available.
* It is possible to confirm Menu No.12 "IF STATUS" while keeping the signal process (operation status) of each DIAG menu
by using the INPUT MODE key of the main unit.
10
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
• Initial settings used to start DIAG function
Following initial settings are used when starting the DIAG function.
When the DIAG function is canceled, the settings before starting DIAG will be restored.
• Input
• Center/Rear/Sub-woofer level
• Audio mute
• Speaker settings
MAIN, CENTER, REAR
BASS OUT
MAIN LEVEL
• DIAG menu
: DVD (6CH INPUT OFF)
: 0dB
: OFF
: LARGE
: BOTH
: Normal (0dB)
: DSP THROUGH (1. ANALOG BYPASS)
• Details of DIAG menu
1. DSP THROUGH
There are 5 sub-menu items.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
ANALOG BYPASS [Remote control code: 7A-88 (PRG 1)]
• The input mode is fixed to use the analog (A/D) system.
• The L/R signal is output through the analog bypass without using the DSP
block.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 13.5 dBV
-∞
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
Sub DSP
L
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/R
SDOB1
0dB/-20dB
L/R
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
11
) means that the element indicated in it does not
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
M, C, R, SW CH [Remote control code: 7A-89 (PRG 2)]
• The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of
dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔ Analog (A/D) according to the signal
detection.
• L/R, C/SWF, RL/RR signals are output through DSP (see the signal path in the
figure below) without using the external DRAM. (Head margin included)
Head margin:
L/R: 0dBFS, Center: 0dBFS, RL/RR: -12dBFS, SWFR: Add L/R signal at 20dBFS.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV 12.5 dBV 10.0 dBV -6.5 dBV
[2ch source]
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/R
SDOB1
0dB/-20dB
L/R
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
[Multi ch source]
AC3D3 outputs signals using DOLBY DIGITAL/dts decode operation.
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
C/LFE
C/LFE
SDOB1
0dB/-20dB
LS/RS
LS/RS
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
12
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
MAIN HPF [Remote control code: 7A-8A (PRG 3)]
• MAIN HPF is turned on and output. (Head margin included)
Head margin:
L/R: 0/-3/-12/-18dBFS, Center: Mute, RL/RR: Mute, SWFR: Mute.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV
[2ch/Multi]
-∞
RL/RR
SWFR
-∞
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB or
-3dB or
-12dB or
-18dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
SDOB1
Mute
C
SWFR
SDOB3
Mute
RL
RR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
DIGITAL
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
FULL BIT [Remote control code: –]
• The signal is output in digital full bit without including the head margin.
• The same applies as “M, C, R, SW CH” except that the digital data is output in
full bit at D/A.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV 16.0 dBV 22.0 dBV 13.5 dBV
13
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
FULL BIT F [Remote control code: –]
• The front channel signal is output in full bit to the main channel.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV 16.0 dBV 22.0 dBV 13.5 dBV
[2ch source]
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/R
SDOB1
0dB/0dB
L/R
SDOB3
0dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RL
RR
4M DRAM
[Multi ch source]
AC3D3 outputs signals using DOLBY DIGITAL/dts decode operation.
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
C/LFE
C/LFE
SDOB1
0dB/0dB
LS/RS
LS/RS
SDOB3
0dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
14
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
2. FRONT CH
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
The front channel signal is output in full bit to the main channel.
Signals are output through DSP (see the signal path in the figure below) without using the external DRAM. (Head margin
included)
FRONT NORMAL [Remote control code: 7A-8B (PRG 4)]
• The head margin is included and the front channel signal is output to the main
channel.
Head margin:
L/R: Mute, Center: Mute, RL/RR: Mute, SWFR: Mute.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
-∞
-∞
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
FRONT MIX [Remote control code: 7A-8C (PRG 5)]
• The head margin is included and the front channel signal is output to the main
channel.
Head margin:
L/R: 0dBFS, Center: Mute, RL/RR: Mute, SWFR: Mute.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 22.5 dBV
[2ch/Multi]
-∞
RL/RR
SWFR
-∞
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB or
Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
SDOB1
Mute
C
SWFR
SDOB3
Mute
RL
RR
DIGITAL
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
15
) means that the element indicated in it does not
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
3. RAM THROUGH
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
The Center and RL/RR signals are output through the external DRAM.
RAM 0dB [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A-10 (PRESET+)]
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB -1.4 dBV 16.0 dBV
[2ch/Multi]
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
SDOB2
Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
L/Mute
0dB/Mute
SDOB3
Mute
C
SWFR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
SDOB1
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
4. PRO LOGIC [YSS928]
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
Operation conforming to the ordinary Dolby Normal sound field is provided.
[REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A-8D (PRG 6)]
• Same as ordinary Pro Logic except that the auto input balance function is off.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB -18.0 dBV 16.0 dBV
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-∞
16
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
[2ch]
*Multi: All Mute
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
CODEC
(D/A)
-3dB
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
C/S
C/Mute
SDOB1
-3dB/Mute
S
SDOB3
-12dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
5. MARGIN CHECK
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
There are 3 sub-menu items.
The head margin of the main channel can be set to -3dB/-12dB/-18dB.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
MAIN 3dB Margin [Remote control code: 7A-11 (PRESET-)]
MAIN 12dB Margin [Remote control code: 7A-12 (P. PAGE)]
MAIN 18dB Margin [Remote control code: 7A-0C (CD FW)]
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Sub-menu
[2ch/Multi]
Condition
L/R
CENTER
RL/RR
SWFR
MAIN 3dB
MAIN 12dB
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 20 dBV
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 10.5 dBV
-∞
-∞
-∞
-∞
-∞
-∞
MAIN 18dB
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
-∞
-∞
-∞
4.8 dBV
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
L/R
SDOB2
0dB or
-3dB or
-12dB or
-18dB
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
SDOB1
Mute
C
SWFR
SDOB3
Mute
RL
RR
DIGITAL
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
17
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
6. MAIN MIX
The input signal is automatically identified and switched in the priority order of dts ➔ DOLBY DIGITAL ➔ PCM AUDIO ➔
Analog (A/D) according to the signal detection.
There are 2 sub-menu items.
The center and SW signals are output through the main channel.
CENTER -> MAIN [Remote control code: 7A-00 (TAPE PLAY)]
• The center signal is output through the main channel.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
[2ch/Multi]
0 dBV
13.0 dBV
RL/RR
SWFR
-∞
-∞
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
SDOB2
Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
L/Mute
SDOB1
-3dB/Mute
SDOB3
Mute
C
SWFR
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
INTERNAL
DIR
DIGITAL
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SW -> MAIN [Remote control code: 7A-8E (PRG 7)]
• The SW signal is output through the main channel.
Reference data
INPUT: DVD ANALOG
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB
-∞
-∞
[2ch/Multi]
RL/RR
-∞
SWFR
-7.0 dBV
*Multi: Lo/Ro Down Mix
AC3D3 YSS928
ANALOG
CODEC
(A/D)
AK4527
Main DSP
(Decoder)
Sub DSP
L/R
SDOB2 Mute
CODEC
(D/A)
L
R
AK4527
INTERNAL
DIR
Mute/R
SDOB1 Mute/-20dB
C
SWFR
DIGITAL
SDOB3 Mute
RL
RR
4M DRAM
SDOxx represents a terminal name of AC3D3.
The shaded square (
operate.
) means that the element indicated in it does not
18
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
7. OTHER INPUT
The signal inputted through the 6CH INPUT terminals is output.
EXTERNAL DECODER [Remote control code: 7A-8F (PRG 8)]
Reference data
INPUT: 6CH INPUT
SWFR: 50Hz, Others: 1kHz
Condition
MAIN L/R CENTER RL/RR
SWFR
Both ch, -20 dBV, volume -10 dB 13.5 dBV 13.5 dBV 13.5 dBV -7.0 dBV
8. DISPLAY CHECK
This program is used to check the FL display section. The display condition varies as shown below according to the submenu operation. The signals are processed using EFFECT OFF (The L/R signal is output using ANALOG MAIN BYPASS.)
[Remote control code: 7A-01 (TAPE RW)]
[Remote control code: 7A-02 (TAPE FW)]
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
BASS EXT. MEMORY
PRO LOGIC ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
DSP
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
6.1/ES
PCM
dB
ms
k Hz
SP
AB
All segments OFF
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
All segments ON (dimmer 100%)
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
All segments ON (dimmer 50%)
[Remote control code: 7A-03 (TAPE STOP)]
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
PTY HOLD EON
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
DIGITAL
ROCK CONCERT
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
BASS EXT. MEMORY
TUNED SLEEP
PRO LOGIC ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
Lighting of segments in lattice 2
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS MONO TV SPORTS CONCERT HALL
PTY HOLD EON
DIGITAL
MOVIE THEATER 12 JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
ROCK CONCERT
PRO LOGIC ENTERTAINMENT
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ENHANCED DISCO 5CH STEREO GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
TUNED SLEEP
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
dB
ms
k Hz
Lighting of segments in lattice 1
Segment conditions of the FL driver and the FL tube are checked by turning ON and OFF all segments. Next, the operation
of the FL driver is checked by using the dimmer control. Then a short between segments next to each other is checked by
turning ON and OFF all segments alternately (in lattice).
9. MANUAL TEST
The noise generator with a built-in DSP outputs the test noise through the channels specified by the sub-menu.
The noise frequency for LFE is 35 to 250 Hz. Other than that, the center frequency is 800Hz.
ALL
[Remote control code: 7A-90 (PRG 9)]
Noise is output from all channels.
MAIN R
[Remote control code: 7A-06 (TAPE A/B)]
Noise is output from the MAIN R channel.
LFE
[Remote control code: 7A-09 (CD STOP)]
Noise is output from the SUB WOOFER
channel.
19
MAIN L
[Remote control code: 7A-04 (TAPE PAUSE)]
Noise is output from the MAIN L channel.
REAR R
[Remote control code: 7A-07 (TAPE DIR A)]
Noise is output from the REAR R channel.
CENTER
[Remote control code: 7A-05 (TAPE MUTE)]
Noise is output from the CENTER
channel.
REAR L
[Remote control code: 7A-08 (CD PLAY)]
Noise is output from the REAR L
channel.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
10. PRESET
This menu is used to reserve and inhibit initialization of the back-up RAM. The signals are processed using EFFECT OFF.
(The L/R signal is output using ANALOG MAIN BYPASS.)
PRESET INHIBIT (Initialization inhibited) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: –]
RAM initialization is not executed. Select this sub-menu to protect the values set
by the user.
PRESET RESERVED (Initialization reserved) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A57 (SLEEP)]
Initialization of the back-up RAM is reserved. (Actually, initialization is executed
next time when the power is turned on.) Select this sub-menu to reset when
shipped out of the factory or to reset RAM.
CAUTION: Before setting to the PRESET RESERVED, write down the existing preset memory content of the Tuner in a
table as shown below. (This is because setting to the PRESET RESERVED will cause the user memory content
to be erased.)
Preset group
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
A
B
C
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
D
E
• PRESET STATIONS
STATION
PAGE
A/C/E
FM FACTORY PRESET DATA (MHz)
NO.
1
2
U, C, R, T
87.5
90.1
R, T, A, B, G, L
87.5
90.1
3
4
5
95.1
98.1
107.9
95.1
98.1
108.0
6
7
8
88.1
106.1
107.9
88.1
106.1
108.0
STATION
PAGE
B/D
AM FACTORY PRESET DATA (kHz)
NO.
1
2
U, C, R, T
630
1080
R, T, A, B, G, L
630
1080
3
4
5
1440
530
1710
1440
531
1611
6
7
8
900
1350
1400
900
1350
1404
20
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
11. AD DATA CHECK
This menu is used to display the A/D conversion value of the main CPU which detects panel keys of the main unit and
protection functions in % using the sub-menu. (Reference voltage 5V as 100%) During signal processing, the condition
before execution is maintained.
When in 0/1/2 page, it is not possible to operate the keys of the main unit because the values of all keys are detected. During
signal processing, the condition before execution of this menu is maintained.
DC/PS (Detection of the protection function) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: 7A-0B
(CD SKIP-)]
DC: DC detect protection value (Normal value: 3 to 35)
PS: Power voltage protection value (Normal value: 120 to 170)
* If DC or PS is out of the normal value range, the protection function activates
to turn off the power relay.
IMP/PL (Detection of impedance/Power limit) [Remote control code: –]
KY2: Detection of impedance switch
PL: The value of the power limit
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
0/1/2 (Panel key of main unit) [Remote control code: –]
A/D of the key fails to function properly when the standard value is deviated by
±4%. In this case, check the constant of partial pressure resistor, solder
condition, etc. Refer to table 1.
[Table 1]
Display
00
27
3F
5A
73
8C
A7
FF
21
K0
SEEK MODE
SEEK START
EON
RDS MODE
–
–
–
KEY OFF
K1
MEMORY
TUNING MODE
FM/AM
EDIT
A/B/C/D/E
PRESET/TUNING ∞
§ PRESET/TUNING
KEY OFF
K2
§ PROGRAM
PROGRAM ∞
EFFECT
INPUT MODE
§ INPUT
INPUT ∞
6CH INPUT
KEY OFF
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
12. IF STATUS
Using the sub-menu, the status data is displayed one after another in the hexadecimal notation.
During signal processing, the status before execution of this menu is maintained.
* Numeric values in the figure example are for reference.
IST (Internal status) [REMOTE CONTROL CODE: –]
Indicates the status information of the microprocessor.
5th byte
4th byte
3rd byte
2nd byte
1st byte
<1st byte> Digital input/output setting value
Upper 4 bits: REC OUT selected/lower 4 bits: INPUT selected
Selection
COAX1 (CD)
COAX2
COAX4
COAX5
Numeric
value
C
D
Selection
COAX3
RF
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Numeric
Selection
Numeric
Selection
Numeric
value
value
value
0
NONE
4
OPT3 (D-TV/CBL)
8
1
FRONT (VIDEO AUX)
5
OPT4
9
2
OPT1 (MD/CDR)
6
OPT5
A
3
OPT2 (DVD)
7
OPT6
B
<2nd byte> Fs information of reproduction signal
Display
Fs (kHz)
00
Analog
01
32
02
44.1
03
48
04
64
05
88.2
06
96
07
Unknown NRM
08
Unknown DBL
09
Undefined
<3rd byte> Audio code mode information of reproduction signal
Display
Audio Code
00
1+1
01
1/0
02
2/0
03
3/0
04
2/1
05
3/1
06
2/2
07
3/2
08
2/3
09
3/3
0A
dts7.1
0B
Undefined
<4th byte> Format information of reproduction signal
(*1): Digital reproduction cannot be used due to a commercial bit or
4 ch audio reason. Analog reproduction is used instead.
Display
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
Signal format
Analog (Unlock)
Incorrect digital (*1)
Digital Data
IEC1937 Data
PCM Audio
Dolby Digital
D.D.Karaoke
D.D.EX
RED dts
ORANGE dts
dts ES
NONE PCM
<5th byte> Signal processing status information
(*2): With digital signals other than 32kHz, 44.1kHz and 48kHz,
through processing method is used for reproducible signals.
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
MUTE request
Red dts flashing
bit3
–
bit2 Through & bypass (*2)
6.1ch. field being processed bit1
FULL MUTE (ON: 1) bit0
–
dts analog mute
22
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
CS1-5 [Remote control code: -]: Indicates channel status information of the input signal (IEC60958).
BI1-4 [Remote control code: -]: Indicates bit stream information included in the DOLBY DIGITAL signal.
BS1-4 [Remote control code: -]: Indicates bit stream information included in the dts signal.
YS1-3 [Remote control code: - ]: Indicates device status information of YSS928 (IC801). * The numeric value in the figure is
an example for reference.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Byte No.
1
2
3
4
5
Function
YSS MUTE Reg
YSS MODE Reg
YSS IPORT BIT 7-0
YSS IPORT BIT 14-8
YSS OPORT
Byte No.
1
2
3
4
5
Function
IEC 1937 Preamble Pc
AC-3 Data Stream No
AC-3D Decode Status
YSS ZERO Reg
MIREG
Byte No.
1
2
3
4
Function
DIR Status
DIR fs
DIR fs count
YSS ZEROBF
13. DSP RAM CHECK
This menu is used to self-diagnose whether or not bus connection of YSS928 (IC801) and the external RAM (IC802) is made
properly.
During signal processing, the status before execution of this menu is maintained.
Bus Check [Remote control code: 7A-0A (CD SKIP+)]
The address bus and the data bus are checked and the connection condition is
displayed.
When no error is detected, "NOER" appears on display.
23
Display
WAIT
NOER
Description
Bus being checked.
No error detected.
DATA
ADDR
Data bus shorted or open.
Address bus shorted or open.
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
14. MICROPROCESSOR INFORMATION
There are 3 sub-menu items.
The version, checksum and the port specified by the microprocessor are displayed. The signal is processed using EFFECT
OFF. The checksum is obtained by adding the data at every 16 bits for each program area and expressing the result as a 4figure hexadecimal data.
Version [Remote control code: 7A-0D (CD REW)]
Release 1 figure / Main 2 figures / DSP 2 figures / Communication 1 figure / Boot
manufacturer 1 figure / Boot 232c 1 figure
Checksum [Remote control code: –]
1 : All
2 : Program area
Port indication [Remote control code: –]
Model name, Destination, Headphone detection, FM stereo
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ AMP ADJUSTMENT
Confirmation and Adjustment of Idling Current of
Main (1) P. C. B.
0.1mV ~ 5mV
(DC)
• Right after the power is turned on, confirm that the
voltages at R53, R55, R59, R65 and R67 are between
0.1mV and 5mV.
• If any exceed 5mV, cut R27, R33, R39, R43 or R47.
• Reconfirm that they are between 0.1mV and 5mV.
• The voltages should be 0.1mV ~ 5mV after the power
has been on for 60 minutes.
Cut off
R53 (MAIN Lch)
R55 (MAIN Rch)
R67 (CENTER)
R59 (REAR Lch)
R65 (REAR Rch)
R27 (MAIN Lch)
R33 (MAIN Rch)
R47 (CENTER)
R39 (REAR Lch)
R43 (REAR Rch)
24
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ DISPLAY DATA
● V301 : 10-BT-235GNK (V6840400)
v
1
PATTERN AREA
● PIN CONNECTION
Pin No.
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
Connection 9G 10G NX NX NX NX NX NX NX NX NX P35 P34 P33 P32 P31 P30 P29 P28 P27 P26 P25 P24 P23 P22
Pin No.
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Connection P21 P20 P19 P18 P17 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 P9 P8 P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 NP NP F1 F1
Note : 1) F1, F2 ..... Filament
2) NP ..... No pin
3) NX ..... No extend pin
4) DL ..... Datum Line
5) 1G ~ 10G ..... Grid
● GRID ASSIGNMENT
10G
9G
VIRTUAL DOLBY DTS
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
ENHANCED
MONO TV SPORTS
MOVIE THEATER 12
ENTERTAINMENT
DISCO 5CH STEREO
DIGITAL
PRO LOGIC
DSP
6.1/ES
PCM
SP
AB
2G
3G
1t
1a
1j
1f
1e
2c
1e
(3G)
2d
1r
1c
1d
2a
2j
2f
1b
2k
2b
2m
2g
2e
2c
1p
2n
6G
2t
2h
1k
1m
1g
2p
2r
1a
1j
1f
2b
2e
1c
1n
5G
1t
1h
2k
2m
2g
1p
1d
2a
2j
2f
1b
1m
1g
4G
2t
2h
1k
8G
2p
1n
dB
ms
k Hz
Dp
s
1h
1r
9G
CONCERT HALL
PS
PTY
RT
CT AUTO
JAZZ CLUB
STEREO
PTY HOLD EON
NEWSINFO AFFAIRS SPORT
ROCK CONCERT
TUNED SLEEP
GAME
BASS EXT. MEMORY
3
b
3
c
1G
25
8G
2r
2d
(1G, 2G, 4G~7G)
2n
7G
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
● ANODE CONNECTION
7G
6G
5G
4G
3G
2G
1G
P1
1t
1t
1t
1t
1t
1t
1t
P2
1a
1a
1a
1a
1a
1a
1a
P3
1b
1b
1b
1b
1b
1b
1b
P4
1h
1h
1h
h1
1h
1h
1h
P5
1j
1j
1j
1j
1j
1j
1j
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1k
1f
1f
1f
1f
1f
1f
1f
10G
9G
8G
(RT)
P6
P7
(CT)
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1c
1c
1c
1c
1c
1c
1c
1n
1n
1n
1n
1n
1n
1n
1p
1p
1p
1p
1p
1p
1p
P13
1r
1r
1r
1r
1r
1r
1r
P14
1e
1e
1e
1e
1e
1e
1e
P15
1d
1d
1d
1d
1d
1d
1d
P9
(PS)
P10
P11
(PTY)
P12
2t
2t
2t
2t
2t
2t
2t
–
2a
2a
2a
2a
2a
2a
2a
–
–
2b
2b
2b
2b
2b
2b
2b
–
–
–
2h
2h
2h
2h
2h
2h
2h
P20
–
–
–
2j
2j
2j
2j
2j
2j
2j
P21
–
–
–
2k
2k
2k
2k
2k
2k
2k
P22
–
–
–
2f
2f
2f
2f
2f
2f
2f
P23
–
–
–
2g
2g
2g
2g
2g
2g
2g
P24
–
–
–
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
2m
P25
–
–
–
2c
2c
2c
2c
2c
2c
2c
P26
–
–
–
2n
2n
2n
2n
2n
2n
2n
P27
–
–
–
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
P28
–
–
–
2r
2r
2r
2r
2r
2r
2r
P29
–
–
–
2e
2e
2e
2e
2e
2e
2e
P30
–
–
–
2d
2d
2d
2d
2d
2d
2d
P31
–
–
–
Dp
–
–
s
–
–
3b, 3c
P32
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P33
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P34
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P35
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P16
P17
–
P18
–
P19
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
1g
1m
P8
26
27
DIRMCK
Control Register
SELOB
µ-COM Interface
SELB SELA
SYNC
U
FS128
C
6
7
VMOD
BS
DBL/V
BSMOD
ERR
5
DIRO Interface
SDIASEL
SDIA Interface
DBL
PLL
Clock at DIR
(25 MHz)
CRC
PLL
DSP Clock
(30 MHz)
DIRPRO
DIRPCO
SDIA
DIRSDO
ZEROFLG
NONPCM
DTSDATA
AC3DATA
CRC
MUTE
KARAOKE
SURNEC
CPO
XO
XI
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
IPORT5-7
DDINSEL
Main DSP
(AC-3/ProLogic/DTS Decorder)
V
UMOD
SDIBCKSEL
DIR
C, LFE
SDDA Interface
LS, RS
SDIB3
SDIB2
SDIB1
SDIB0
SDOA2
SDOA1
SDOA0
SDIB1
SDIB0
VSS
VDD2
IPORT12
IPORT13
IPORT14
DIRSDO
DIRWCK
DIRBCK
DIRMCK
ERR/BS
SYNC/U
FS128/C
DBL/V
SDWCKI1
SDBCKI1
VSS
SDOB3
SDOB2
SDOB1
SDOB0
VDD1
ZEROBF3R
ZEROBF3L
ZEROBF2R
ZEROBF2L
OPORT0
OPORT1
OPORT2
OPORT3
OPORT4
OPORT5
OPORT6
OPORT7
VSS
VDD2
RAMD0
RAMD1
RAMD2
YSS928
CMOD
Control Signals
DIRWCK
DIRBCK
SDBCKI1
SDIACKSEL
SDWCKI1
SDWCKI0
SDBCKI0
/SDBCKO
IPORT0-4
MPLOAD
IPORT8-14
SDOB0
L, R
SDIBSEL
RAMA0-17
RAMOEN
RAMWEN
RASN
CASN
RAMD0-15
External
Memory
Interface
IPINT
Coefficient,
Program
RAM
SDIB Interface
OVFB/END
OVFSEL
So
SDOBCKSEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/cs
SELOA
SubDSP
XO
XI
SELI1
SELI0
SELOA
SELOB
TESTMS
TESTXEN
IPORT0
IPORT1
IPORT2
IPORT3
IPORT4
DDIN0
DDIN1
DDIN2
DDIN3
VSS
CPO
AVDD
DIRPCO
DIRPRO
AVSS
TESTBRK
TESTR1
TESTR2
VDD1
SDWCKI0
SDBCKI0
/SDBCKO
IPORT8
IPORT9
IPORT10
IPORT11
SDIA
SDOA2
SDOA1
SDOA2
SDIB3
SDIB2
SI
SDOB1
END
SDOB3
OVFB
ZEROBF3R-0L
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
VDD2
TESTXO
TESTXI
SELI2
SELI3
VSS
SELI4
IPINT
/IC
SCK
SI
SO
/CS
DIRINT
/LOCK
CRC
SURENC
VDD1
KARAOKE
MUTE
AC3DATA
DTSDATA
NONPCM
VSS
ZEROFLG
OVFB/END
RAMA17
RAMA16
RAMA15
RAMA14
RAMA13
RAMA12
SELI5
SELI6
SELI7
SELI8
VDD2
VSS
RAMA11
RAMA10
IC801 : YSS928
DSP
SCK
SDOB2
SDOB Interface
■ IC DATA
OPORT0-7
SELI0-13
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RAMA9
RAMA3
RAMA4
SELI9
SELI10
SELI11
SELI12
SELI13
RAMA2
RAMA5
RAMA1
RAMA6
RAMA0
RAMA7
RAMA8
VDD1
VSS
RASN
RAMOEN
RAMWEN
CASN
RAMD15
RAMD14
RAMD13
RAMD12
RAMD11
RAMD10
RAMD9
RAMD8
VDD1
VSS
RAMD7
RAMD6
RAMD5
RAMD4
ZEROBF0L
ZEROBF0R
ZEROBF1L
ZEROBF1R
RAMD3
/LOCK
ERR/BS
DDIN3
DDIN2
DDIN1
DDIN0
DIRINT
SYNC/U
FS128/C
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
IC801 : YSS928
Pin Description
Name
XO
XI
SELI1
SELI0
SELOA
SELOB
TESTMS
TESTXEN
IPORT0
IPORT1
IPORT2
IPORT3
IPORT4
DDIN0
DDIN1
DDIN2
I/O
O
I
I+
I+
O+
O+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
Is
Is
Is
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
DDIN3
VSS
CPO
AVDD
DIRPCO
DIRPRO
AVSS
TESTBRK
TESTR1
TESTR2
VDD1
SDWCKI0
SDBCKI0
/SDBCK0
IPORT8
IPORT9
IPORT10
IPORT11
SDIA
SDOA2
SDOA1
SDOA0
SDIB3
SDIB2
SDIB1
SDIB0
VSS
VDD2
IPORT12
IPORT13
IPORT14
DIRSDO
DIRWCK
DIRBCK
DIRMCK
ERR/BS
SYNC/U
FS128/C
DBL/V
Is
A
A
A
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
I
O
O
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Function
Crystal oscillator connecting terminal
Crystal oscillator connecting terminal (24.576MHz )
Built-in selector input 1
Built-in selector input 0
Built-in selector output A
Built-in selector output B
Test terminal (unconnected)
Test terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
General purpose input terminal (unconnected)
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 0
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 1/General purpose input terminal
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 2/General purpose input terminal
(AXD)
(GND)
(ISEL)
(RSEL)
(CXDTA)
(ISEL)
(Pull down)
(GND)
DIR: Digital audio interface data input terminal 3/General purpose input terminal
(Pull up)
Ground terminal
PLL filter connecting terminal
+3.3V power terminal (for DIR)
DIR: PLL filter connecting terminal
DIR: PLL filter connecting terminal
Ground terminal (for DIR)
Test terminal (unconnected)
PLL initialization signal input terminal for DSP
(/ICD)
Test terminal (unconnected)
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
Word clock input terminal for SDIA, SDOA, SDIB,SDOB interface (Unconnected)
Bit clock input terminal for SDIA, SDOA, SDIB, SDOB interface (Unconnected)
DIRBCK or SDBCKI0 invert clock output terminal (Unconnected)
IPINT general purpose input terminal (Unconnected)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(NONPCM)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(NONPCM)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(MUTE)
AC-3/DTS bit stream (or PCM) data input terminal to Main DSP
(SDAD)
PCM output terminal from Main DSP (C/LFE output) (Unconnected)
PCM output terminal from Main DSP (LS/RS output) (Unconnected)
PCM output terminal from Main DSP (L/R output) (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 3 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 2 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 1 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
PCM input terminal 0 to Sub DSP (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
+2.5V power terminal (for internal circuit)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(DBL)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(DBL)
IPINT general purpose input terminal
(DIRINT)
AC-3/DTS bit stream (or PCM) data output terminal from DIR (Unconnected)
DIR: Serial data word clock (fs) output terminal
(WCK)
DIR: Serial data bit clock (64fs) output terminal
(BCK)
DIR: Serial data master clock (256fs or 128fs) output terminal
(MCK)
DIR: Data error detect output/block start output terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Serial data synchronous timing output/user data output terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Serial data master clock 128fs output/channel status output terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Double rate clock output/validity flag output terminal
(DBL)
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
28
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
29
No.
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
Name
SDWCKI1
SDBCKI1
VSS
SDOB3
SDOB2
SDOB1
SDOB0
VDD1
ZEROBF3R
ZEROBF3L
ZEROBF2R
ZEROBF2L
OPORT0
OPORT1
OPORT2
OPORT3
OPORT4
OPORT5
OPORT6
OPORT7
VSS
VDD2
RAMD0
RAMD1
RAMD2
RAMD3
ZEROBF1R
ZEROBF1L
ZEROBF0R
ZEROBF0L
RAMD4
RAMD5
RAMD6
RAMD7
VSS
VDD1
RAMD8
RAMD9
RAMD10
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
RAMD11
RAMD12
RAMD13
RAMD14
RAMD15
CASN
RAMWEN
RAMOEN
RASN
VSS
VDD1
RAMA8
RAMA7
RAMA0
RAMA6
RAMA1
I/O
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O+
O+
O+
O+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
O+
O+
O+
O+
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
I+/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Function
Word clock input terminal for SDIB, SDOB interface (Unconnected)
Bit clock input terminal for SDIB, SDOB interface (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
PCM output terminal from Sub DSP
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
SDOB3 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB3 Lch zero flag output terminal
SDOB2 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB2 Lch zero flag output terminal
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
General purpose output terminal (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
+2.5V power terminal (for internal circuit)
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 0
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 1
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 2
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 3
SDOB1 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB1 Lch zero flag output terminal
SDOB0 Rch zero flag output terminal
SDOB0 Lch zero flag output terminal
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 4
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 5
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 6
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 7
Ground terminal
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 8
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 9
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 10
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 11
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 12
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 13
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 14
Sub DSP: External memory data terminal 15
Sub DSP: Column address strobe output terminal for external DRAM
Sub DSP: Write enable terminal for external memory
Sub DSP: Output enable terminal for external memory
Sub DSP: Low address strobe output terminal for external DRAM
Ground terminal
+3.3V power terminal (for terminal section)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 8
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 7
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 0
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 6
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 1
(ZF3R)
(ZF3L)
(ZF2R)
(ZF2L)
(/RINH1)
(/ICCDC)
(DFS)
(DPL)
(ZF1R)
(ZF1L)
(ZF0R)
(ZF0L)
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
Name
RAMA5
RAMA2
SELI13
SELI12
SELI11
SELI10
SELI9
RAMA4
RAMA3
RAMA9
RAMA10
RAMA11
VSS
VDD2
SELI8
SELI7
SELI6
SELI5
RAMA12
RAMA13
RAMA14
RAMA15
RAMA16
RAMA17
OVFB/END
ZEROFLG
VSS
NONPCM
DTSDATA
AC3DATA
MUTE
KARAOKE
VDD1
SURENC
CRC
/LOCK
DIRINT
/CS
SO
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
SI
SCK
/IC
IPINT
SELI4
VSS
SELI3
SELI2
TESTXI
TESTXO
VDD2
I/O
O
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O
I+
I+
I+
I+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
+3.3V
O
O
O
O
Is
Ot
Is
Is
Is
O+
I+
I+
I+
I
O
+2.5V
Function
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 5
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 2
Built-in selector input 13 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 12 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 11 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 10 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 9 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 4
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 3
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 9 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 10 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 11 (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
+2.5V power terminal (for internal circuit)
Built-in selector input 8
(CXA)
Built-in selector input 7
(GND)
Built-in selector input 6 (Unconnected)
Built-in selector input 5 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 12 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 13 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 14 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 15 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 16 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: External memory address terminal 17 (Unconnected)
Sub DSP: Overflow/program end detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: Zero flag output terminal (Unconnected)
Ground terminal
Main DSP: Non-PCM data detect terminal
Main DSP: DTS data detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: AC3 data detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: Auto mute detect terminal
Main DSP: AC3 KARAOKE data detect terminal (Unconnected)
power terminal (for terminal section)
Main DSP: AC-3 2/0 mode Dolby surround encode input detect terminal (Unconnected)
Main DSP: AC3 CRC error detect terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: PLL lock detect terminal (Unconnected)
DIR: Interrupt output terminal
Microprocessor interface chip select input terminal
(CSY)
Microprocessor interface data output terminal
Microprocessor interface data input terminal
Microprocessor interface clock input terminal
Initial clear input terminal
Interrupt output terminal by IPORT 8-14
Built-in selector input 4
Ground terminal
Built-in selector input 3
Built-in selector input 2
Test terminal (should be always connected to VSS)
Test terminal (Unconnected)
power terminal (for internal circuit)
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
No.
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
(SDM)
(YSSCK)
(/ICD)
(OPTD)
(OPTC)
(OPTB)
Is: Schmidt trigger input terminal
I+: Input terminal with pull-up resistor
O: Digital output terminal
Ot: 3-state digital output terminal
A: Analog terminal
30
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
P06/INTP6
P05/INTP5
P04/INTP4
P03/INTP3
P02/INTP2/NMI
P01/INTP1
P00/INTP0
RESET
XT1
XT2
VSS
X1
X2
VDD
P127/RTP7
P126/RTP6
P125/RTP5
P124/RTP4
P123/RTP3
P122/RTP2
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
P60/A16
P61/A17
P62/A18
P63/A19
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
P67/ASTB
VDD
P100/T15/TO5
P101/T16/TO6
P102/T17/TO7
P103/T18/TO8
P30/TO0
P31/TO1
P32/TO2
P33/TI1
P34/TI2
P35/TI00
P36/TI01
P37/EXA
VPP
P90
P91
P92
P93
P94
P95
P120/RTP0
P121/RTP1
P85/A5
P86/A6
P87/A7
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
P43/AD3
P44/AD4
P45/AD5
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
VSS
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
P84/A4
P83/A3
P82/A2
P81/A1
P80/A0
P27/SCK0
P26/SO0
P25/SI0
P24/BUZ
P23/PCL
P22/ASCK1/SCK1
P21/TxD1/SO1
P20/RxD1/SI1
P72/ASCK2/SCK2
P71/TxD2/SO2
P70/RxD2/SI2
AVREF1
P131/ANO1
P130/ANO0
AVSS
P17/ANI7
P16/ANI6
P15/ANI5
P14/ANI4
P13/ANI3
P12/ANI2
P11/ANI1
P10/ANI0
AVREF0
AVDD
IC902 : µPD78F4218AGF-3BA
16bit µ-COM (Main CPU)
Programmable
Interrupt
Controller
UART/IOE1
TI00
TI01
TO0
Timer/Event
Counter
(16 Bits)
UART/IOE2
TI1
TO1
Timer/Event
Counter 1
(8 Bits)
Clocked
Serial
Interface
TI2
TO2
Timer/Event
Counter 2
(8 Bits)
TI5/TO5
Timer/Event
Counter 5
(8 Bits)
TI6/TO6
Timer/Event
Counter 6
(8 Bits)
INTP2/NMI
INTP0, INTP1,
INTP3 to INTP6
TI7/TO7
TI8/TO8
31
RXD2/SI2
TXD2/SO2
ASCK2/SCK2
SI0
SO0
SCK0
Bus I/F
Timer/Event
Counter 7
(8 Bits)
Port 0
P00 to P06
Port 1
P10 to P17
Timer/Event
Counter 8
(8 Bits)
Port 2
P20 to P27
Port 3
P30 to P37
Port 4
P40 to P47
Port 5
P50 to P57
Port 6
P60 to P67
Port 7
P70 to P72
Port 8
P80 to P87
Port 9
P90 to P95
Port 10
P100 to P103
Port 12
P120 to P127
Port 13
P130, P131
Watchdog Timer
NMI/INTP2
Baud-rate
Generator
RXD1/SI1
TXD1/SO1
ASCK1/SCK1
AD0 to AD7
A0 to A7
A8 to A15
A16 to A19
RD
WR
WAIT
ASTB
EXA
Watch Timer
RTP0 to RTP7
Baud-rate
Generator
Real-time
Output Port
ANO0
ANO1
AVREF1
AVSS
P03/INTP3
D/A
Converter
ANI0 to ANI7
AVREF0
AVDD
AVSS
A/D
Converter
78K/IV
CPU Core
RAM
12,800
Bytes
Flash
Memory
256 KB
System Control
PCL
Clock Output
Control
BUZ
Buzzer Output
RESET
X1
X2
XT1
XT2
VDD
VSS
VPP
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
IC902 : µPD78F4218AGF-3BA
Pin Description
No. PORT
Function name I/O Detail of function
No. PORT
Function name I/O Detail of function
1 P60/A16
NC
100 Vss
MG
2 P61/A17
NC
99 P57/A15
CEL
3 P62/A18
NC
98 P56/A14
4 P63/A19
97 P55/A13
SCK
O Serial data clock for audio IC
VIDEO1 O Video select 1
96 P54/A12
SO
O Serial data for audio IC
6 P65/WR
VIDEO2 O Video select 2
95 P53/A11
O NC
7 P66/WAIT
VIDEO3 O Video select 3
94 P52/A10
O NC
8 P67/ASTB
CECOD O Serial CE out for CODEC
93 P51/A9
O NC
5 P64/RD
9 VDD
/6chG
O 6ch Gain
O Serial CE for sanyo device
O
+5BU
92 P50/A8
10 P100/TI5/TO5
I
NC
91 P47/AD7
11 P101/TI6/TO6
I
NC
90 P46/AD6
O NC
/FMT
O Full mute
/MTSW O LFE mute
12 P102/TI7/TO7
/DMT
O Digital mute
89 P45/AD5
13 P103/TI8/TO8
PRY
O Power relay
88 P44/AD4
/MTC
O Center mute
14 P30/TO0
MRY
O Main speaker & HP relay
87 P43/AD3
/TMT
O Tuner mute
15 P31/TO1
ERY
O Effect speaker relay
86 P42/AD2
DEST
I
/MTMR O Main, rear mute
Frequency switch (R destination)
16 P32/TO2
RIMA
O Power limiter control A
85 P41/AD1
RDSE I/O RDS use detect/RDS Enable out
17 P33/TI1
RIMB
O Power limiter control B
84 P40/AD0
TUN1
I
Tuner destination 1
18 P34/TI2
/MLV
O Main level control
83 P87/A7
TUN0
I
Tuner destination 0
19 P35/TI00
O NC
82 P86/A6
/ST
I
20 P36/TI01
O NC
81 P85/A5
TUNED I
I
Headphone detect
80 P84/A4
SCKR
O RDS data clock
Control of flash write
O RDS data
21 P37/EXA
/HP
22 TEST/Vpp
VPP
Tuner/ST (stereo)
Tuned
79 P83/A3
SDTR
23 P90
O NC
78 P82/A2
SDRR
24 P91
O NC
77 P81/A1
/ICD
O YSS928/DA/AD/CODEC/DEM
25 P92
O NC
76 P80/A0
CSY
O YSS928 CE
26 P93
O NC
75 P27/SCK0
27 P94
O NC
74 P26/SO0
SDF
O FL Driver TxD/Flash RxD
28 P95
O NC
73 P25/SI0
CEFD
O FL Driver CE/Flash TxD
I
O Control of flash write
29 P120/RTP0
/PSM
Power save mode
I
RDS data receive
/SCK0 O FL Driver Clock/Flash Clock
72 P24/BUZ
VPP2
30 P121/RTP1
O NC
71 P23/PCL
CEP
O PLL IC Enable
31 P122/RTP2
O NC
70 P22/ASCK1/SCK1 SCKP
O PLL data clock
32 P123/RTP3
O NC
69 P21/TXD1/SO1
SDTP
O PLL data
33 P124/RTP4
I
NC
68 P20/RXD1/SI1
SDRP
I
34 P125/RTP5
I
NC
67 P72/ASCK2/SCK2 YSSCK O YSS928 data clock
35 P126/RTP6
MVDN O Main volume down
66 P71/TXD2/SO2
36 P127/RTP7
MVUP O Main volume up
37 VDD
+5BU
PLL data receive
SDM
O YSS928 data
65 P70/RXD2/SI2
SDD
I
64 AVref1
AVref
X2
63 P131/ANO1
/BLK
39 X1
X1
62 P130/ANO0
40 Vss
MG
61 AVss
AVss
41 XT2
XT2
60 P17/ANI7
PRV
42 XT1
XT1
59 P16/ANI6
PRD
I
DC protection detect
43 RESET
/RES
58 P15/ANI5
PRI
I
I protection detect
38 X2
YSS928 data receive
O FL Driver all lights out
O NC
I
PS protection detect
44 P00/INTP0
INT928
I
YSS928 IPINT/MUTE/DIR
57 P14/ANI4
ADKEY0 I
Body key detection 0
45 P01/INTP1
/PDET
I
Power down detect interrupt
56 P13/ANI3
ADKEY1 I
Body key detection 1
46 P02/INTP2
PSW
I
Standby SW input (High edge)
55 P12/ANI2
ADKEY2 I
Body key detection 2
47 P03/INTP3
REM1
I
Remote controller signal
54 P11/ANI1
MODEL I
Model select
48 P04/INTP4
I
NC
53 P10/ANI0
PREMT I
Power limiter detection
49 P05/INTP5
O NC
52 AVref0
AVref0
50 P06/INTP6
O NC
51 AVdd
AVdd
E-32/J-28
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)
COAXIAL
IC801 YSS928
IC808B
CXDTA
9
IC808C
MG
+25
F1
Q371
F2
+5D
IC374
D403
G
157
OPTC
156
OPTD
154
SOUND FIELD PROCESSING/SPEAKER CONFIGURATION
/VIRTUAL PROCESSING/HEAD-PHONE PROCESSING
DVD
D-TV/CBL
OPTB
REC OUT
SELECTOR
MD/CD-R
3
AXD
DOLBY DIGITAL
/DTS DECODER
V-AUX
DIGITAL OUTPUT
PRY
D401
OPTICAL
3
Q161
See page E-55/J-51 (INPUT)
INPUT
SELECTOR
DIGITAL INPUT
SIGNAL
DETECTOR
62
125
CXA
CD
2
S12
XL801
2
1
IC808A
D163
T161
See page E-57/J-53 (DSP)
DUTY CORRECT
RSEL
REC OUT
MD/CD-R
6
IC805, 806, 807
5
14
DIR
+10
G
61
SDOB1
6
IC815A
1
3 +
–
27
28
-25
Q372
C
IC373
+12A
D402
+12B
IC371
IC815B
7
5 +
–
SW
IC816A
7
5 +
–
L (DAL)
IC816B
1
3 +
–
R (DAR)
IC817A
1
3 +
–
RL
IC817B
7
5 +
–
RR
CODEC
60
SDOB2
59
7
SDOB3
D/A
CONVERTER
25
IC812
AK4527
26
8
23
24
G
-12
IC372
D221
-VP
J221
RY161
4M
DRAM
J222
IMPEDANCE
SELECTOR
SW161
D222
J223
J224
D371
F162
+B
IC802
IC813A, 814A
CODEC
ADL
IC813B, 814B
SDIA
9
35
G
A/D
CONVERTER
ADR
+3.3
IC804
+5D2
+2.5
IC803
+5D2
IC812
AK4527
-B
4
D223
Q33
XL441
RDS
DECODER
IC445
See page E-58/J54 (MAIN)
DSP CONTROL
from µ-COM
B, G ONLY
See page E-55/J51 (INPUT)
-VP
PHONES
INPUT
SELECTOR
See page E-56/J-52 (OPERATION)
PA : POWER AMP
+B
IC443
IC444
FM/AM
TUNER
3/5
IC443
DAL/DAR
BYL/BYR
6L/6R
1/7
IC446
3/5
5
IC731
L/R
3/5
1/7
IC771
1/7
L/R
90Hz
HPF
TONE
CONTROL
BALANCE
RY1
8/2
Q448~451
LO/RO
Q16A/C
Q17A/C
MAIN B
(L/R)
-B
IC447
IC442
C
C
3
6C
IC443
IC441
IC442
CENTER
IC732A
1
C
Q445, 446
C
RY3
PA
VR731
Q20A/C
SW. NONE
-B
REAR
(L/R)
+B
IC442
SW
Q452, 453,
455, 456
6SW
RL/RR
RY2
PA
VIDEO AUX
(L/R)
RL/RR
6RL/6RR
INHIBIT
IC443
IC733
RL/RR
3/5
-B
MRY
Q18A/C
Q19A/C
1/7
ERY
SW
VCR IN
(L/R)
RL/RR
RELAY DRIVER
MD/TAPE OUT
(L/R)
6CH INPUT
MAIN
(L/R)
CENTER
Q36, 106
6L/6R
6C
IC732B
SURROUND
(L/R)
5
6RL/6RR
7
SW
IC734
SUBWOOFER
SUBWOOFER
6SW
Q441, 443
7
E-33/J-29
SW241
PA
VR773
+B
DVD
(L/R)
VCR OUT
(L/R)
MAIN A
(L/R)
C. NONE
MD/CD-R IN
(L/R)
6
SW241
MUTE
IC443
CD
(L/R)
AUDIO
7/1
BASS TREBLE
VR771 VR772
AUX
(L/R)
D-TV/CBL
(L/R)
5/3
IC502
6/4
E-34/J-30
SW
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)
DSP
CONTROL
2
DVD
C-INPUT
SELECTOR
D-TV/CBL
IC302
DC
Y-INPUT
SELECTOR
VCR
IC301
59
3
60
58
18
V1, V2
VIDEO
AUX
14
15
XL901
HP-RELAY
SP-RELAY
39
10MHz
87-90
38
Q301, 303
Q302, 305
Q304, 306
13
VCR
51
V3
VDD
45
4
V3
MAIN
CPU
V1, 2
POWER DETECT
/RESET
Q909, Q910
43
40
S12
IC903
VSS
MG
IC902
uPD78F4218AGF
DVD
INPUT
SELECTOR
IC351
D-TV/CBL
VCR
V901
V1, V2
63, 73 –75
VIDEO
AUX
IC901
5
46
SW825
Q351
Q352, 353
55-57
VCR
SW811~824, 901~904
47
Y3
6
U901
See page E-55/J-51 (INPUT)
See page E-56/J-52 (OPERATION)
7
E-35/J-31
E-36/J-32
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
To DSP
• Semiconductor Location
ADR
DAL
E
SW
RR
FR
DG
DMT
/ICD
DG
CSY
+25V
+5D1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
ADL
E
DAR
C
RL
FL
AXD
INT928
YSSCK
SDM
SDD
CSN
-25V
+5D2
To INPUT (6)
INPUT (1) P. C. B.
From Tuner
To OPERATION (5)
AXD
DG
+5D
CEP
SDTP
SCKP
GND RXRDS
+5B
COMP+12B
TUL
TE
TUR
TMT
/ST TUNED
6
E R
6
E L
6
E RR
6
E RL
6
E SW
6C
2
1
12
24
13
AUX
3
1
To
OPERATION
(1)
9
CD
W441
Brown
IN
1
30
1
30
OUT
1
1
DVD
15
16
15
16
15
16
8
8
D-TV/CBL
5
IN
VCR
To OPERATION (6)
E-37/J-33
D
DG G LC
D 1
+1 50
+1 G
+1 2A
0
2
E
-1 B
VG 2 -2 E
+ 5
RR C LC 25
2
RL
E
R
E
L
E
E
DEST
SW1
SW2
SW3
+12A
VE
AXR
E
AXL
LC1
VDN
SCK
CEL
MMR
MLF
CSY
SDM
YSSCK
DMT
TUNED
TMT
SCKP
CEP
6ch GAIN
SW2
SDRR
SDTR
7
+12A
-12
TOR
E
TOL
TIR
E
TIL
VPP
+5BU
/RES
/SCK0
SI0
SD0
VPP2
MG
LC2
PRV2
VUP
S0
FMUT
MCT
CSN
SDD
/ICD
MG
INT928
/ST
SDRP
SDTP
/-10dB
SW1
SW3
RDSE
SCKR
To
OPERATION
(1)
E
LF AI
LI
RR EI
E
I R CI
E
LI
LO
E
R C0
+1 LO L RO E
F
VU 2A R EO
R
VG P -1 O
VD 2
+1 N
0
OUT
6
Location
C3
D442
D443
E4
E4
D444
D445
E4
E4
D446
D447
A2
C3
D448
IC441
C3
H4
IC442
IC443
G4
F4
IC444
IC445
F3
B3
IC446
IC447
G4
E5
Q441
Q442
G5
G5
Q443
Q444
G5
E4
Q445
Q446
C4
C4
Q447
Q448
C4
C5
Q449
Q450
B5
C5
Q451
Q452
B5
D4
Q453
Q454
D4
D4
Q455
Q456
D4
D4
Q457
Q458
C4
C3
Q459
Q460
C4
C4
Q461
Q462
B2
B3
Q465
Q466
C3
B5
Q467
Q468
B5
D4
Q469
C3
1
30
4
MD/CD-R
Ref. No.
D441
To INPUT (3)
From OPERATION (1)
Circuit No.
J, U, C, A, L
R, T
B, G
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
C499~504, 506,
507, 514
IC445
J441
Q462
L441
R575~579, 581, 582
XL441
To OPERATION (4)
To OPERATION (3)
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-38/J-34
SUB
WOOFER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
• Semiconductor Location
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
INPUT (2) P. C. B.
INPUT (3) P. C. B.
VCR
DVD
D-TV/CBL
IN
OUT
MONITOR
OUT
MONITOR
OUT
INPUT (6) P. C. B.
VCR
OUT
D-TV/CBL DVD
IN
MAIN
FREQUENCY STEP
(R, T models only)
CENTER/
REAR S. WOOFER
2
9
1
+12A
VE
AUXY
AUXC
V1
V2
V3
9
3
+12A
VE
AUXY
AUXC
V1
V2
V3
9
D372
D401
D6
G6
D402
D403
G6
F6
IC301
IC302
B3
B3
IC351
IC371
E3
B5
IC372
IC373
C5
B5
IC374
Q301
A5
C3
Q302
Q303
C3
C3
Q304
Q305
C3
C3
Q306
Q351
C3
E3
Q352
Q353
E3
E3
Q371
Q372
D5
D6
1
From INPUT (2)
DEST
SW1
SW2
SW3
+12A
VE
AXR
E
AXL
XV
AU
Y
UX
XC A XR
AU
AU L
X
VE
AU
E
4
From INPUT (1)
INPUT (4) P. C. B.
6C
E W
6S
E L
6R
E R
6R
E
6L
E
6A
To OPERATION (5)
From INPUT (1)
From INPUT (5)
PRV1
+B4
-B4
+B2
E
-B2
+B3
DG
VG
5
Location
D6
1
To INPUT (3)
Ref. No.
D371
To OPERATION (4)
VG
-12
+12B
+12A
+5D
DG
DG
+10
E
E
-25
+25
PRV1
INPUT (5) P. C. B.
From Transformer
6
To INPUT (4)
7
E-39/J-35
VG 2
-1 2B
+1 12A
+ 5D
+ G
D G
D 10
+ E
C411
E-40/J-36
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
• Semiconductor Location
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
OPERATION (1) P. C. B.
From OPERATION (2)
From OPERATION (7)
2
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, L
B, G
J901
J902
J903
J904
J1005
R908
R909
R916, 919, 920
R935
R936
R937
SW901~904
X
X
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
O
RDS MODE
/FREQ
E ON
+5M
PSW
MG
ADKEY2
ADKEY1
5M
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
PTY SEEK
MODE
START
0
10
1
3
1
64
81
30
80
31
49
16
48
17
51
50
33
32
62
1
4
OPERATION (2) P. C. B.
EFFECT
PROGRAM
To INPUT (1)
A/B/C/D/E
PRESET/TUNING
LC2
PRV2
VUP
SO
FMUT
MTC
SCN
SDD
/ICD
MG
INT928
/ST
SDRP
SDTP
/-10dB
SW1
SW3
SDSE
SCKA
5
From
OPERATION (8)
LC1
VDN
SCK
CEL
MTMR
MTSW
CSY
SDM
YSSCK
DMT
TUNED
TMT
SCKP
CEP
6CH GAIN
SW2
SDRR
SDTR
F2
F1
VPP
/RES
SI0
VPP2
To MAIN (1)
To INPUT (1)
+5BU
/SCK0
SD0
MG
/HP
PREMT
MG
PRY
S12
MRY
PRI
PRD
VP
PRV1
ERY
W441 Brown
To INPUT (1)
PRESET
/TUNING
EDIT
FM/AM
INPUT MODE
6
To OPERATION (1)
7
E-41/J-37
5M
ADKEY1
ADKEY2
MG
MEMORY TUNING
MAN'L/
MODE
AUTO FM
AUTO/
MAN'L MONO
E-42/J-38
INPUT
6CH INPUT
Ref. No.
D901
Location
B3
D902
D903
C4
D4
D904
D905
D4
D4
D906
D907
D4
B3
D908
D909
B3
B4
D910
D911
B3
B3
D912
IC901
B3
E4
IC902
IC903
C3
B3
Q901
Q902
F4
F4
Q903
Q904
E4
D4
Q906
Q907
D4
D3
Q909
Q910
B3
B3
Q911
Q912
G3
F3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
OPERATION (3) P. C. B.
OPERATION (4) P. C. B.
OPERATION (6) P. C. B.
To INPUT (1)
TREBLE
BALANCE
VG
VUP
+12A
RLO
CO
E
E
RRI
LFEI
RI
E
VG
-12
+12B
+12A
+5D
DG
DG
+10
E
E
-25
+25
PRV1
To INPUT (1)
BASS
+10
VDN
-12
RRO
LFEO
RO
E
LO
RLI
CI
E
LI
To INPUT (4)
2
DG
DG
+5D
+12A
+12B
-12
VG
C
RR
RL
R
L
LC1
DG
+10
E
E
-25
+25
LC2
E
E
E
E
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
5
4
5
4
5
4
3
+12A
-12
TOR
E
TOL
TIR
E
TIL
To OPERATION (1)
4
1
OPERATION (7) P. C. B.
PRV1
E
+B
VC
NFC
VRR
NFRR
VRL
NFRL
VR
NFR
VL
NFL
-BV
STANDBY/ON
To MAIN (1)
5
Ref. No.
D661
Location
D2
Ref. No.
IC732
Location
F3
Ref. No.
Q663
Location
D3
Ref. No.
Q670
Location
C3
Ref. No.
Q677
Location
C3
D662
D663
D2
D3
IC733
IC734
E3
E5
Q664
Q665
D2
B4
Q671
Q672
C3
C3
Q678
Q679
C3
C3
D664
D665
C4
C4
IC771
IC772
H3
I3
Q666
Q667
B4
B4
Q673
Q674
C3
C3
D731
IC731
E4
F3
Q661
Q662
D3
D2
Q668
Q669
C4
B3
Q675
Q676
C4
C4
To INPUT (2)
To INPUT (1)
To OPERATION (1)
+5D
DG
AXD
OPERATION (5) P. C. B.
10
• Semiconductor Location
PSW
+5M
6
AXL
E
AXR
VE
AUX-Y
AUC-C
AUX-V
HPL
E
HPR
/HP
OPERATION (8) P. C. B.
VOLUME
To OPERATION (1)
To MAIN (1)
7
PHONES
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
R
AUDIO
OPTICAL
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, L
B, G
C835, 839, 840
D661
Q662
R661, 662
R839
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
From Transformer
F1
F2
F2
F1
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-43/J-39
E-44/J-40
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
From INPUT (1)
ADR
DAL
E
SW
RR
FR
DG
DMT
/ICD
DG
CSY
+25V
+5D1
ADL
E
DAR
C
RL
FL
AXD
INT928
YSSCK
SDM
SDD
CSN
-25V
+5D2
DSP P. C. B.
(Lead Type Device)
2
1
21
40
22
5 COAXIAL
CD
3
81
120
80
121
4
41
3
OPTICAL
DVD
2
OPTICAL
MD/CD-R
1
OPTICAL
MD/CD-R
1
1
44
12
DIGITAL
INPUT
11
33
23
22
OPTICAL
D-TV/CBL
160
40
34
4
5
6
• Semiconductor Location
7
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D801
D802
H2
H2
IC802
IC803
G3
G3
Q821
Q822
C3
B3
D824
D826
D4
D4
IC804
IC807
H3
G4
Q823
Q824
C4
C4
D828
D830
D4
D4
IC812
Q819
E4
E3
IC801
F4
Q820
E3
E-45/J-41
E-46/J-42
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
DSP P. C. B.
(Surface Mount Device)
2
7
1
8
14
7
1
8
14
7
1
8
14
3
8
5
8
5
8
5
1
4
1
4
1
4
8
5
4
1
1
4 5
8
4
5
6
• Semiconductor Location
7
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D803
D804
G3
H5
D818
D819
B6
B6
D832
IC805
F4
H5
IC816
IC817
C3
B3
D805
D806
H5
G3
D820
D823
B6
D4
IC806
IC808
H4
H3
Q801
Q807
E2
B4
D807
D808
H3
H3
D825
D827
D4
D4
IC813
IC814
D3
D3
Q808
Q817
B4
E3
D817
B6
D829
D4
IC815
C3
Q818
E3
E-47/J-43
E-48/J-44
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
From MAIN (2)
MAIN (1) P. C. B.
To MAIN (4)
From
OPERATION (5)
/HP
LIMDT
MG
PRY
S12
SRY
PRI
PRD
VP
PRV1
ERY
HPL
E
HPR
/HP
+RYV
+RYV
YPB
MG
S12
PRY
PRV1
From
MAIN (5)
LE
LE
L
L
E
RE
RE
R
R
To
OPERATION
(1)
2
L
3
REAR
R
PRV1
E
+B
VC
NFC
VRR
NFRR
VRL
NFRL
VR
NFR
VL
NFL
-BV
CENTER
4
From
OPERATION
(4)
BL
BE
RE
5
From MAIN (2)
• Semiconductor Location
6
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D1
D2
H4
F4
D11
D12
H2
H2
D21
D22
D3
G3
Q8
Q9
G4
F4
Q17A
Q17C
F5
G5
Q28
Q29
G4
F4
D3
D4
E3
D4
D13
D14
G2
D3
D23
Q1
D3
H5
Q10
Q11
F4
E4
Q18A
Q18C
E5
F5
Q30
Q31
E4
C3
D5
D6
C4
G4
D15
D16
D3
C3
Q2
Q3
G5
E5
Q12
Q13
E4
C4
Q19A
Q19C
D5
D5
Q32
Q33
G3
G2
D7
D8
D4
G4
D17
D18
C3
H3
Q4
Q5
D5
C5
Q14
Q15
C4
B4
Q20A
Q20C
B5
C5
Q34
E3
D9
D10
G4
C4
D19
D20
G3
C3
Q6
Q7
H4
H4
Q16A
Q16C
H5
H5
Q26
Q27
I4
H4
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, B, G, L
C38, 41~44
X
X
X
O
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
7
E-49/J-45
E-50/J-46
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
1
■ PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Foil side)
MAIN (2) P. C. B.
MAIN (3) P. C. B.
To MAIN (7)
From AC power cord
To MAIN (5)
MAIN (4) P. C. B.
From MAIN (7)
+
R
SPEAKERS
–
–
L
+
GY
BR
YE
WH
RE
BE
BR
OR
2
VOLTAGE SELECTOR
240V
1-2/5-6
220V
2-3/6-7
110V
3-4/7-8
120V
4-5/8-1
3
R
R
BR
AR
AL
BL
L
L
PRV1
PRY
S12
MG
LE
LE
L
L
E
RE
RE
R
R
4
From MAIN (6)
To MAIN (1)
HI1
HI1
HI2
HI2
E
E
LOW2
LOW2
LOW1
LOW1
From MAIN (1)
MAIN (6) P. C. B.
To MAIN (4)
To MAIN (1)
VPB
+RYV
+RYV
L
L
BL
AL
AR
BR
R
R
RE
MAIN (7) P. C. B.
BL
RE
5
To MAIN (2)
LOW1
LOW1
LOW2
LOW2
E
E
HI2
HI2
HI1
HI1
To MAIN (5)
MAIN (5) P. C. B.
To
MAIN
(1)
To MAIN (3)
BR
BE
WH
OR
YE
RE
6
• Semiconductor Location
BR
GY
7
From MAIN (2)
Ref. No.
Location
Ref. No.
Location
D161
D162
C4
B5
Q161
Q162
D3
E3
D163
D164
E3
D3
Q163
D3
D221
D222
I5
I6
D223
H6
Circuit No.
J
U, C
R, T
A, B, L
G
C165, 166, 174
C201~210
CB163, 164
CB271, 272
D164
F161
F271
J161
J162
J163, 164, 221, 224
J178, 179, 222, 223
Q162, 163
R162, 163, 175
R167
SW161
SW271
W261~266
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
X
A
B
SPEAKERS
From Transformer
X: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-51/J-47
E-52/J-48
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
IC442: LC78213
Analog Function Switch
L5
7
24
R5
L6
8
23
R6
LCOM3
9
22
RCOM3
21
20
2 3 4 5
6
SHIFT REGISTER
14
15
13
ZZ
ZZ
8 V+
I11 2
CL
CE
+ –
VCC
IN1 3
6 I12
V– 4
5 IN2
Row
Address
Buffers
9
Row
Decoders
Word
Drivers
P2
VCC 1
10
9
7
L4
5
26
R4
L5
6
25
R5
7
8
9
24
23
22
R6
10
11
19
16
12
18
17
21
20
R8
14
15
13
D1
LATCH
ZZ
SHIFT REGISTER
ZZ
ZZ
RCOM2
R7
Vin
1
3
CL
CE
IN 1
5
GND
1
INPUT LOGIC
Vc
4
GND
VZ
Output
Buffers
21
20
R8
L8
LCOM3
VDD
VSS
VEE
RES
S
RCOM2
R7
LEVEL SHIFTER
LATCH
SHIFT REGISTER
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
14
15
13
D1
CL
CE
6
PLL
(57kHz)
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
VSSA 4
DO
CL
DI
CE
T1
T2
T3
T4
20
21
22
23
7
8
9
10
2 3 4 5
6
7
8
CLOCK
RECOVERY
(1187.5Hz)
TEST
1
SDOS
9
LPF
24
DATT
DAC
SDTO
6
SDTI1
SDTI2
SDTI3
SDIN1
SDIN2
SDIN3
7
8
57kHz
bpf
(SCF)
DATA
DECODER
SMOOTHING
FILTER
RAM
(24 BLOCK DATA)
MEMORY
CONTROL
–IN1 2
INPUT
Safety Drive
Limiter
Amp.
3
IC806: TC74VHCT08AF
Quad 2-Input And Gate
1
14 Vcc
1B
2
13 4B
1Y
3
12 4A
2A
4
11 4Y
2B
5
10 3B
2Y
6
9
3A
GND
7
8
3Y
+ –
+ –
7 OUT2
+IN1 3
6 –IN2
–VCC 4
5 +IN2
OUTPUT
IC901: LC75725E
LCD Driver
2
1A
8 +VCC
DIGIT
DRIVER
GND
BLK
61
VFL
13
SEGMENT DRIVER
MPX
LATCH
1A
1
14 Vcc
1B
2
13 4B
1Y
3
12 4A
2A
4
11 4Y
2B
5
10 3B
2Y
6
9
3A
TIMING
GENERATOR
GND
7
8
3Y
DIVIDER
GRID
CONTROL
14 VDDD
DIMMER
TIMING
GENERATOR
SHIFT REGISTER
OSCI
59
OSCO
58
ADDRESS
DETECTOR
CLOCK
GENERATOR
IC903: NJM78L05A-T3
Voltage Regulator
15 VSSD
VREF
CCB
ROUT3
V–
+
ANTIALIASING
FILTER
8
IC807: NJM2904M
Dual OP-Amp
VDDA 3
MPX IN 2
RCOM3
5
Vcc
1
+Vcc
10
11
19
16
12
18
17
LCOM2
L7
CONTROL
6
1
9
OUT2
R6
8
–IN2
24
23
22
L6
RCOM1
R5
7
+IN2
7
8
9
LCOM1
L5
-
6
+IN1
R4
+
–Vcc
27
26
25
DATT
OUT1 1
IN 2
IC805: TC74HC00AF
IC808: TC74HCU04AF
Quad 2-Input Nand Gate
–IN1
4
5
6
DAC
1
5
6
OUT1
L4
5
Vo1 -Vm1 +Vm1 VEE +Vm2 -Vm2 Vo2
IC445: LC72722
RDS Decoder
LPF
Excessive Electric
Current Protection
Q2
19 RDS-ID
–
ERROR CORRECTION
(SOFT DECISION)
SYNC/EC
CONTROLLER
Q1
Q5
Q3
Q4
OSC/DIVIDER
SYNC
DETECT-1
SYNC
DETECT-2
Q6
INPUT
Q7
18 SYNC
24 SYR
INPUTS
OUTPUT
CLK(4.332MHz)
Q13
+
Q11
Q12
OUTPUT
Q10
11 16 17
13
12
X OUT
R3
23
6DOUT
Vo
RCOM3
X IN
R2
28
DQ9~DQ16 LOUT3
IC804: µPC29M33T-E1
Voltage Regulator
IC803: PQ025EZ5MZP
Regulator
2
C IN
29
3
DATT
21
2
IC771, 772: NJM2068L-D
Dual OP-Amp
FL OUT
2
L3
DAC
8
Memory
Cells
LEVEL SHIFTER
VREF
L2
Vcc
LPF
Format
Converter
Input
Buffers
60
OUT 2
8
T5
T6
T7
R1
26
DAUX
VDD
VCC 2
2
1
30
ROUT2
10
20
INPUT
1
DATT
S2
S1
OUT 1
3
IC734: LB1641
Motor Driver
IC444: µPC4570HA
Dual OP-Amp
L1
DAC
56
P1
RCOM1
+
LPF
55
R3
4
25
57
28
27
-
LOUT2
VSS
3
4
3
DATT
62
L3
LCOM1
2
DAC
MCLK
LRCK
BICK
6
CE
R2
1
LPF
16
OUTPUT
5
28
4
39
S43
S42
R1
29
IC441: LC78211
Analog Function Switch
ROUT1
MCLK
LRCK
BICK
15
30
2
LCOM3
VDD
VSS
VEE
RES
S
I/O
Selector
DATT
14
COMMON
16
DAC
63
4
Sense Amplifiers
Refresh
Control Clock
LPF
CL
1
L8
27
HPF
IC813~817 : M5220FP
PRE DRIVER
IC372: NJM79M12FA
Voltage Regulator
LOUT1
ADC
On Chip
VBB Generater
L2
L6
8
7 OUT2
+ –
L1
LCOM2
L7
Input
Buffers
8
VSS
CONTROL
COMMON
Column Decoders
D1
IC443: LC78212
Analog Function Switch
OUTPUT
9
8
9
INPUT
3
Column
Address
Buffers
Internal
Addess
Counter
RCOM4
OUT1 1
ZZ
9
A0~A8
R7
8
DQ1~DQ8
8
IC731~733: µPC4570C
Dual OP-Amp
LEVEL SHIFTER
LATCH
7
31
64
10
11
19
16
12
18
17
L7
LCOM4
VDD
VSS
VEE
RES
S
1
+Vcc
RCOM2
–IN2
R4
25
32
DI
IC371, 373: NJM7812FA
IC374: NJM7805FA
Voltage Regulator
26
6
8
Audio
I/F
G2
G1
VIN4
5
Output
Buffers
HPF
2
9
VIN3
L4
8
ADC
3
8
VCC
I/O
Controller
R3
LCOM2
RIN+
RIN-
I/O
Controller
29
G11
G10
7
VIN2
28
30
11
6
GND
UCAS
LIN+
LIN-
12
5
VIN1
29
Sudden Current
Protection
4
B
L3
14
LCAS
27
Driver
3
A
RCOM1
13
Overheat Protection
2
R2
28
27
OE
Timing
Generator
Starter Circuit
1
VIDEO
OUT
29
3
4
IC812: AK4527VQ
24bit CODEC
WE
Standard Voltage
2
2
+IN2
4 INPUT 1 OUTPUT
VIDEO SWITCH
CONTROL
L2
LCOM1
OUT2
DRIVER
RAS
–Vcc
6dB
AMP
R1
–IN1
IC301, 302, 351: LA7956
Video Switch
30
+IN1
1
L1
IC802: MSM514260C-60JS
4Mbit DRAM
IC446, 447: M5220L
Dual OP-Amp.
OUT1
■ IC BLOCK DIAGRAM
CONTROL
1
Q8
Q9
7
GND
E-53/J-49
E-54/J-50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (INPUT)
1
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
2SC1815
2SC2878
2SC1740S
DTA144ES
2SA1708
2SC4488
1SS133
1SS176
HZS11B2TD
MTZJ5.6B
23.7
24.3
NJM7805FA
NJM7812FA
S1VB20
Anode
NJM79M12FA
32.2
1P82
24.3
0
33.2
-24.8
–
Cathode
E
CB
M5220L
CB
E
LA7956
C
B
+
LC72722
µPC4570HA
~
~
2: COM
LC78212
8
9
2
1
1
-34.2
AC
50.7
1: COM
AC
33.8
21.3
15
30
1
1
2: IN
15
12
24
-0.1
-33.1
LC78211
LC78213
Point 1 Pin 12 of IC445
9
1: OUT
-0.1
1P82
3: OUT
3: IN
E-56/J-52
G6
E
-24.8
-24.2
12.0
21.2
0
12.1
21.1
5.1
0
-0.1
10.1
-0.1
0
-22.4
30
1
1
5.0
10.8
4.7
-22.3
C411
E-56/J-52
I2
0
AC
9.8
W401
E-56/J-52
C6
0.1
-12.0
0
3.8
3.8
11.7
3.8
0
3.8
4.8
0
3
6.3
CENTER
5.0
4.8
0
0
0
0
0
2.1
-11.9
0
11.9
2.0
-11.7
0
-11.9
0
0
0
0
-11.9
0
0
0
-11.9
4
0
-11.9
0
-11.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
-11.9
5.3
3.8
3.8
11.9
3.8
0
3.8
4.8
0
6.4
E-56/J-52
G5
0 0
0
0
0
-11.9
0
0
0
REAR L
-11.9
0
0
0
0
-11.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.7
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
C515
5.9
0
0
4.8
-11.7
R583
-11.9
470
0
0
0
0
0
0
-11.9
4.8
5.3
5.3
5.0
2.2/50
5.0
0
0
0
0
-24.2
0
E-56/J-52
C7
12.0
0 0 0
11.9
4.1
5.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
E-56/J-52
C6
INPUT SELECTOR
0
0
23.7
4.8
0
0
-11.9
0 0
0
5
0
-11.9
-11.9
-11.9
-11.9
0
0
0
0
-11.9
390
0
0
390
0
0
0
0
23.7
0
0
5.9
0
0
MAIN L
5.3
4.7
4.1
5.0
4.8
-11.9
0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.1
-24.2
3.8
3.8
11.9
3.8
0
3.8
4.8
0
0 0 0 0
0.1
0
6.4
0.1
0
-12.0
6
11.9
C369
6.4
5.7
6.4
6.4
6.9
10/25
7.4
0
0
12.0
12.0
0
0
7
-12.0
0 0 0
12.0
0
0
-12.0
0 0 0
0
0
-12.0
0 0 0
4.7
5.7
-11.9
-11.7
0.22/50
5.7
0
0
0
0
-11.9
-11.9
0
1.7
1
11.8
3.5
2.9
2.1
0 0
0
2.1
4.3
2.0
0
-11.9
4.7
0 0 0 0
11.8
4.7
1.8
2.1
0
2200P/16
0.01/16
0.01/16
8
x: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-56/J-52
G3
9
E-57/J-53
F1
E-56/J-52
A4
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be
replaced with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
E-55/J-51
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (OPERATION)
1
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.1
~
~
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
FL DISPLAY
~
4.8
~
4.8
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
~
-29.2
FL DRIVER
4.8
~
~
~
4.8
~
~
0
-29.5
0
0
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
-29.5
CENTER
-11.8
11.9
0
0
3.3/50
0
~
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
-29.1
0
2.5
2.5
4.8
5.2
0
0
0
2
~
E-55/J-51
F3
~
4.8
~
0
0
0
~
-29.2
~
~
~
~
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
-29.2
4.8
~
11.9
-21.7
-21.7
-21.7
-21.7
MAIN L
0
0 3.3/50
0
-11.8
11.9
0
0
4.8
2.7
4.8
1
0.5
10.7
0.7
0.4
1.8
1.8
10.7
0
0.5
0.7
-1.1
12.7
B
5.6
-51.1
5.2
0
0
0
0
-51.4
-52.6
0
4.8
12.7
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
-52.6
0.6
0
4.8
0
-51.4
-50.6
4.8
0
4.8
4.8
0
-50.6
4.8
0
4.8
0.6
0
0
0
0
4.8
820
E-58/J-54
G4
0
2.7
0.5
0
0
0.1
4.8
5.2
0.6
4.8
0
0
0
5.2
0
2.5
2.9
4.8
0
4.8
0
0 3.3/50
-11.8
0
4
18K
0
0
MAIN µ–COM
&4
18K
820
2
PRV
0
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.6
0
0.1
0
4.8
5.2
E-55/J-51
F8
4.8
4.8
0
4.8
0
11.9
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
3.3/50
0
E-55/J-51
B8
3
12.7
4.8
5.6
A
-52.0
12.0
7.3
5.2
-52.0
-51.4
0.6
-51.4
0.6
0
0.6
0.6
0
0
0
6.6
0.047F/5.5
-50.6
0
-51.4
-1.1
-50.6
-51.1
4.8
4.8
0
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
0
-50.9
0
2.7
0
0
0.3
0
0.6
E-55/J-51
I4
-50.9
RB441Q-40
0.5
0.5
0.6
33P/500
0
REAR L
E-58/J-54
A5
5
MAIN L
0
-50.6
-51.4
-1.1
-50.6
CENTER
MAIN L
4.0
HZS1B2
VN97600
MTZJ18C
VG44150
-51.1
HZS223
VP91450
12.0
0
12.0
5.0
0
-0.1
6
0
-0.1
0
0
3.3/50
E-55/J-51
H2
E-55/J-51
G3
E-55/J-51
C6
0.6
0.6
33P/500
0
0
-50.6
-1.1
-51.4
-50.6
x: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
E-55/J-51
K5
-51.1
0.1
0.1
-11.9
0
0
0
0
3.3/50
-11.9
13.3
7
0.6
39.1
0.6
0
13.8
0
IC902
0
Point 1 Pin 38 of IC902
-50.6
Point 2 emitter of Q910
and collector of Q911
UPD78F4218AGF-3BA
UPD78F4215A
-1.1
-51.4
-50.6
E-58/J-54
G5
-51.1
Q910 E
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
8
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be replaced
with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
9
2SA893A
2SC1890A
2SC2229
Q911 C
E-56/J-52
POWER ON
(Connect the power cord)
POWER OFF
(Disconnect the power cord)
E
CB
2SA933S
2SD1991A
DTC144ES
E
CB
2SB1565
BC
2SC4488
E
E
C
B
1SS133
HZS5B2TD
HZS5C2TD
HZS6B2TD
HZS7A2TD
HZS7B2TD
HZS12C2TD
HZS202TD
HZS242TD
Cathode
NJM78L05A-T3
µPC4570C
NJM2068L-D
LB1641
LC75725E
48
33
32
49
Anode
8
3: OUT
2: GND
10
8
4
1
1: IN
64
1
1
17
1
16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (DSP)
From INPUT (1)
1
E-00/J-00
D8
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
2SC3326
DTA144EK
1SS355
RB501V-40
PQ025EZ5MZP
µPC29M33T-E1
M5220FP
NJM2904M
TC74HC00AF
TC74HCU04AF
TC74VHCT08AF
Anode
C
MSM514260C-60JS
AK4527VQ
33
E
B
REGULATOR
4.5
0
0
14
0
0
4.5 4.5
4.5
12
13
7
3.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.3
1.3
4.5
0
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.3
0
1.3
0
1.3
3.3
3.3
3.4
0
3.4
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
2.1
~
3.1
0
2.1
~
~
3.4
~
1.1
~
~
~
~
-20.2
1.3
2.5
2.5
0.3
0
0
0
4.5
~
~
~
~
~
4.5
~
0
0
DSP/DOLBY/DTS
3.4
0
4.5
0
3.4
3.4
0
0
0
4.5
0
0
0
3.4
0
0.7
3.8
4
-20.2
3.4
~
~
0
0
1.2
0
2.1
~
40
11
0
~
1.1
12
1
1.2
3.1
1.7
5
44
MAIN L
0
2.1
0
1
0
0
3
1.4
7
14
4.5
3.4
~
DIGITAL OUT INHIBIT
0
1.3
22
1
2.4
3.4
0
4.5
1: OUT
4
1
1
20
4.5
2.4
2.5 4.4 4.5
2.5
2
2: COM
4.5
3.4
0
8
3: IN
Cathode
2.4
2.5
23
34
~
0
5.0
0
3.4
-20.2
0
4.5
0
1.7
0
3.8
3
0.1
4.5
DUTY
CORRECTOR
0
3.8
0
6
1
0.2
2
4
5
0
~
0.2
0.1
1.7
4.8
1.7
4.8
1.7
0
3.8
0
0
0
3.8
3.3
4.5
0
1
3.8
0
4.5
4.5
1.7
~
3.4
4.8
0
3.4
1.0
0
3.3
0
3.3
0
3.3
0
3.3
0
0
0
7
4.0
0
9 3.2
10 0
1.6
4
8
4.5
1.6
5
3
4.5
2
2.3
D/A CONVERTER
0
2.5
14
8
1
3.2
2.5
5.0
5
0
6
0
1.0
3.4
DIGITAL IN
4.5 14
1
2
4.5
0
2.5
0
2.5
~
2.5
0
2.5
0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0
21.3
5.0
7
2.5
21.3
6
2.5
5
1
2.5
2.5
1
0
2.5
8
2.5
2.5
4
-22.3
0
0 7
8
2
2.5
3
2.5
3
2.5
2
2.5
5
2.5
6
7
2.5
4
-22.3
2.5
0
0
MAIN L
0
4
2.5
~
0
3
0
2.5
0.7
5.0
0
1.7
5.0
0
0
2.5
0
8
0.3
2.5
3.4
9
0
1.7
0
6
2.9 2.9
2.5
5.0
5
2.4
0
5.0
6
CENTER
0
5.0
7
0
5.0
2.5
5.0
5.0
0
0
1.7
4.9
4.8
0
0
0
0
0.1
1.8
5.0
0
REAR L
0.1 3
21.3
8
2
0
CODEC
6
0.1
0.1
1
0.7
0.1
5
4
7
1.2
-22.3
0
7
-20.2
21.3
0.1
5
Point 1 Pin 1 of IC801
8
6
0
0
0
-20.2
0
-20.2
0
0
-20.2
0
-20.2
0
7
0.1
0.1
0
0
-20.2
0
2
0.1
3
0.1
4
1
0.1
-22.3
21.3
3
8
0.1
2
0.1
8
9
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be replaced
with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
6
0.1
5
0.1
1
0.7
4
7
0.1
-22.3
E-57/J-53
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS/DSP-AX520
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (MAIN)
1
52.5
1.0
52.5
0.5
1.0
0.5
52.2
0
-0.4
0
0
-1.1
2
0
-0.5
0
-0.5
-1.1
-52.6
0
0
-52.6
0.1
MAIN L POWER AMP
0
52.5
0.1
52.5
1.0
3
0.5
0.1
0.5
1.0
52.2
0
0
0
-0.4
0
-1.1
0
-0.5
-0.5
26.9
0
13.8
0.5
-52.6
MAIN R POWER AMP
0.7
0
0.3
4
0.5
0
-52.6
POWER RELAY
0.3
MAIN L
E-56/J-52
G4
-1.1
52.5
-29.4
0.2
-36.1
52.5
0.5
52.2
1.0
0
12.8
12.8
-30.1
6.8
0.1
0
6.8
0
0.5
0.1
0.1
1.0
0
0
-0.4
0.8
0.1
AC
12.9
0
0
0
-0.5
0
E-56/J-52
C7
5
E-56/J-52
J5
-1.1
-0.5
0
-1.1
-52.6
0
-52.6
REAR L
52.6
(38.5)
REAR L POWER AMP
-52.7
(-38.5)
0
52.6
52.6
1.1
0.5
0.5
1.1
6
52.2
0
0
-0.4
0
-1.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0
0
0
0
AC
77.5
0
-0.5
AC
56.8
x: NOT USED
O: USED / APPLICABLE
-0.5
-1.1
-52.6
0
PIN CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF
TRANSISTORS, DIODES AND ICS.
-52.6
REAR R POWER AMP
7
27.4
14.3
1.4
14.3
1.4
2SA970
2SA1015
2SC1890
2SC1890A
2SC2240
2SA1708
2SC4488
52.6
52.6
1.0
0.5
0.5
E
1SS133
1SS270A
1T2
HZS5B2TD
HZS12B2TD
HZS302TD
2SC1740S
0.7
52.2
0
1.0
0
0
-0.4
35.8
35.8
0
-51.1
-1.1
0
E
-0.1
0
0
-0.5
-1.1
8
CENTER
E-58/J-54
C
B
Anode
CB
2SD2396
Cathode
0
S1VB20
-0.5
-52.6
0
-52.6
CENTER POWER AMP
9
E
CB
★ All voltage are measured with a 10MΩ /V DC electric volt meter.
★ Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be replaced
with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
★ Schematic diagram is subject to change without notice.
BC
VOLTAGE SELECTOR
240V
1-2/5-6
220V
2-3/6-7
110V
3-4/7-8
120V
4-5/8-1
E
–
2SA1695
2SC4468
+
~
~
S5VB20
~
B
CE
–
~
+
~
PARTS LIST
■ ELECTRICAL PARTS
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
■ WARNING
Components having special characteristics are marked s and must be
replaced with parts having specifications equal to those originally installed.
● Carbon resistors (1/6W or 1/4W) are not included in the ELECTRICAL
PARTS List. For the parts No. of the carbon resistors, refer to last page.
ABBREVIATIONS IN THIS LIST ARE AS FOLLOWS:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
CHIP ALUMI.ELECTROLYTIC CAP
CERAMIC CAP
CERAMIC CAP ARRAY
CHIP CERAMIC CAP
MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAP
CHIP MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAP
RECOGNIZED CERAMIC CAP
CERAMIC TUBULAR CAP
SEMI CONDUCTIVE CERAMIC CAP
ELECTROLYTIC CAP
MICA CAP
MULTILAYER FILM CAP
METALLIZED PAPER CAP
MYLAR FILM CAP
MULTILAYER MYLAR FILM CAP
PAPER CAPACITOR
POLYSTYRENE FILM CAP
POLYESTER FILM CAP
POLYETHYLENE FILM CAP
POLYPROPYLENE FILM CAP
TANTALUM CAP
CHIP TANTALUM CAP
TRIMMER CAP
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR,BASE PIN
CONNECTOR,CANNON
CONNECTOR,DIN
CONNECTOR,FLAT CABLE
CONNECTOR,BASE POST
COIL,AM MIX
COIL,FM ANTENNA
COIL,FM DETECT
COIL,FM MIX
OUTPUT COIL
DIODE ARRAY
DIODE BRIDGE
CHIP DIODE
SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE
VARACTOR DIODE
CHIP ZENER DIODE
ZENER DIODE
CERAMIC DISCRIMINATOR
FERRITE BEADS
FERRITE CORE
CHIP FET
FLUORESCENT DISPLAY
CERAMIC FILTER
COMB FILTER MODULE
LC FILTER,EMI
GROUND PLATE
GROUND TERMINAL
FUSE HOLDER
IC PROTECTOR
JUMPER CONNECTOR
JUMPER,TEST POINT
LIGHT DETECTING MODULE
L.EMIT
LED.DSPLY
LED.INFRD
MODUL.RF
PHOT.CPL
PHOT.INTR
PHOT.RFLCT
PIN.TEST
PLST.RIVET
R.ARRAY
R.CAR.
R.CAR.CHP
R.CAR.FP
R.FUS
R.MTL.CHP
R.MTL.FLM
R.MTL.OXD
R.MTL.PLAT
RSNR.CE
RSNR.CRYS
R.TW.CEM
R.WW
SCR.BND.HD
SCR.BW.HD
SCR.CUP
SCR.TERM
SCR.TR
SUPRT.PCB
SURG.PRTCT
SW.TACT
SW.LEAF
SW.LEVER
SW.MICRO
SW.PUSH
SW.RT.ENC
SW.RT.MTR
SW.RT
SW.SLIDE
TERM.SP
TERM.WRAP
THRMST.CHP
TR.CHP
TR.DGT
TR.DGT.CHP
TRANS
TRANS.PULS
TRANS.PWR
TUNER.AM
TUNER.FM
TUNER.PK
VR
VR.MTR
VR.SW
VR.SLIDE
VR.TRIM
Note) Those parts marked with “#” are not included in the P.C.B. ass’y.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
LIGHT EMITTING MODULE
LED DISPLAY
LED,INFRARED
MODULATOR,RF
PHOTO COUPLER
PHOTO INTERRUPTER
PHOTO REFLECTOR
PIN,TEST POINT
PLASTIC RIVET
RESISTOR ARRAY
CARBON RESISTOR
CHIP RESISTOR
FLAME PROOF CARBON RESISTOR
FUSABLE RESISTOR
CHIP METAL FILM RESISTOR
METAL FILM RESISTOR
METAL OXIDE FILM RESISTOR
METAL PLATE RESISTOR
CERAMIC RESONATOR
CRYSTAL RESONATOR
TWIN CEMENT FIXED RESISTOR
WIRE WOUND RESISTOR
BIND HEAD B-TITE SCREW
BW HEAD TAPPING SCREW
CUP TITE SCREW
SCREW TERMINAL
SCREW,TRANSISTOR
SUPPORT,P.C.B.
SURGE PROTECTOR
TACT SWITCH
LEAF SWITCH
LEVER SWITCH
MICRO SWITCH
PUSH SWITCH
ROTARY ENCODER
ROTARY SWITCH WITH MOTOR
ROTARY SWITCH
SLIDE SWITCH
SPEAKER TERMINAL
WRAPPING TERMINAL
CHIP THERMISTOR
CHIP TRANSISTOR
DIGITAL TRANSISTOR
CHIP DIGITAL TRANSISTOR
TRANSFORMER
PULSE TRANSFORMER
POWER TRANSFORMER ASS’Y
TUNER PACK,AM
TUNER PACK,FM
FRONT-END TUNER PACK
ROTARY POTENTIOMETER
POTENTIOMETER WITH MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER WITH ROTARY SW
SLIDE POTENTIOMETER
TRIMMER POTENTIOMETER
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
C.A.EL.CHP
C.CE
C.CE.ARRAY
C.CE.CHP
C.CE.ML
C.CE.M.CHP
C.CE.SAFTY
C.CE.TUBLR
C.CE.SMI
C.EL
C.MICA
C.ML.FLM
C.MP
C.MYLAR
C.MYLAR.ML
C.PAPER
C.PLS
C.POL
C.POLY
C.PP
C.TNTL
C.TNTL.CHP
C.TRIM
CN
CN.BS.PIN
CN.CANNON
CN.DIN
CN.FLAT
CN.POST
COIL.MX.AM
COIL.AT.FM
COIL.DT.FM
COIL.MX.FM
COIL,OUTPT
DIOD.ARRAY
DIODE.BRG
DIODE.CHP
DIODE.SHOT
DIODE.VAR
DIOD.Z.CHP
DIODE.ZENR
DSCR.CE
FER.BEAD
FER.CORE
FET.CHP
FL.DSPLY
FLTR.CE
FLTR.COMB
FLTR.LC.RF
GND.MTL
GND.TERM
HOLDER.FUS
IC.PRTCT
JUMPER.CN
JUMPER.TST
L.DTCT
59
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
P.C.B. INPUT
RX-V520/RX-V520RDS/
HTR-5450/HTR-5450RDS
*
*
*
Schm
Ref. PART NO.
V7261400
V7261500
V7261600
CB301 Vi878500
CB351 Vi878700
CB352 Vi878500
CB353 VQ044300
CB371 VQ963400
CB372 Vi878700
CB401 Vi878700
CB421 Vi878900
CB441 VP682300
CB442 VP682200
CB443 VQ047800
CB444 Vi878900
CB445 VQ048600
CB446 VM689000
CB447 VM859600
CB448 VB390400
CB450 VP127700
CB451 VB389900
CB452 Vi878700
C301
UR847100
C302
UR847100
C303
UR847100
C304
VF467000
C305
UR829100
C306
UR829100
C307
UR847100
C308
VF466800
C309
VF466800
C310
UR847100
C311
UR847100
C312
VF467000
C313
VF466800
C314
VF466800
C315
UR837330
C316
UR837330
C317
UR847100
C318
UR847100
C319
UR838330
C320
UR847100
C321
UR847100
C351
UR847100
C352
VF467000
C353
UR847100
C354
UR847100
C355
UR829100
C356
VF466800
C357
VF466800
C358
UR829100
C359
UR847100
C360
UR838330
C369
UR847100
C371
UR857470
C372
UR857470
C373
UR838100
C374
UR838100
C375
UR867470
C376
UR867470
C377
UR847470
C378
UR838100
C379
UR847470
✻ New Parts
60
Description
P.C.B.
INPUT
P.C.B.
INPUT
P.C.B.
INPUT
CN.BS.PIN
7P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
CN.BS.PIN
7P
CN.BS.PIN
7P
CN.BS.PIN
13P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
CN.BS.PIN
11P
CN.BS.PIN
8P
CN.BS.PIN
8P
CN.BS.PIN
27P
CN.BS.PIN
11P
CN
37P TE
CN.BS.PIN
23P
CN.BS.PIN
15P
CN.BS.PIN
8P
CN
24P
CN.BS.PIN
3P
CN.BS.PIN
9P
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
1000pF
C.EL
1000uF
C.EL
1000uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
1000pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.EL
33uF
C.EL
33uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
330uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
1000pF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
1000uF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.EL
1000uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
330uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
47uF
Markets
UCAL
RT
BG
25V
25V
25V
50V
10V
10V
25V
50V
50V
25V
25V
50V
50V
50V
16V
16V
25V
25V
16V
25V
25V
25V
50V
25V
25V
10V
50V
50V
10V
25V
16V
25V
35V
35V
16V
16V
50V
50V
25V
16V
25V
Schm
Ref.
C380
C381
C382
C401
C402
C403
C404
C405
C406
C407
C408
C409
C410
C411
C412
C421
C422
C423
C424
C425
C426
C427
C441
C442
C443
C444
C445
C446
C447
C448
C449
C450
C451
C452
C453
C454
C455
C456
C457
C458
C459
C462
C463
C464
C465
C466
C467
C468
C469
C470
C471
C472
C473
C474
C475
C476
C477
C478
C479
C480
C481
C482
C483
PART NO.
UR838100
UR847470
UR847470
UR868330
VS745400
UR868330
VS745400
UR749680
VS745400
UR749220
VS745400
VS745400
UR73A100
VJ599100
VJ599100
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VG278400
VF467300
UA652100
UA652100
VR325000
VR325000
UA652100
UA652100
FG651470
FG651470
UA652100
UA652100
UA652100
UA652100
VF466800
VF466800
VF466700
VF466700
VF467300
UA655220
VF467300
UR837220
UR847100
UR837470
UR837470
UR847100
UR837220
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
UR847100
VJ599100
VJ599100
UA652100
UA652100
UA654270
UA654270
UR847100
UA652100
UA652100
UR847100
✻ New Parts
Description
C.EL
100uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
330uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
330uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
6800uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
2200uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.POL.MTL
0.1uF
C.EL
10000uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
220pF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.01uF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.CE
47pF
C.CE
47pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
100pF
C.CE.TUBLR
47pF
C.CE.TUBLR
47pF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.01uF
C.MYLAR
0.22uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.01uF
C.EL
22uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
47uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
22uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.EL
10uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.CE.TUBLR
0.1uF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
0.027uF
C.MYLAR
0.027uF
C.EL
10uF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.MYLAR
100pF
C.EL
10uF
Markets
16V
25V
25V
50V
100V
50V
100V
25V
100V
25V
100V
100V
16V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
16V
50V
50V
100V
100V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
16V
50V
16V
16V
25V
16V
16V
25V
16V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
25V
50V
50V
25V
Partager ce document
Télécharger le fichier
Faire un lien vers ce document
Lien permanentpour un message, un forum, un réseau social
Lien courtpour un SMS ou un profil
Code HTMLpour un site ou un blog
Proposés d'après le contenu
Documents similaires












Sur le même sujet
Les mots qui reviennent le plus dans ce document. Chacun lance une recherche dans les fichiers publics.
Commentaires
Pour voir les commentaires déjà publiés ou ajouter un commentaire, Connectez-vous ou Créez un compte.






